cc/td/doc/product/wanbu
hometocprevnextglossaryfeedbacksearchhelp
PDF

Table of Contents

9.2.30 Version Software Release Notes
Cisco WAN Switching System Software

9.2.30 Version Software Release Notes
Cisco WAN Switching System Software

About These Release Notes

Cisco documentation and additional literature are available in a CD-ROM package, which ships with your product. The Documentation CD-ROM, a member of the Cisco Connection Family, is updated monthly. Therefore, it might be more current than printed documentation. To order additional copies of the Documentation CD-ROM, contact your local sales representative or call customer service. The CD-ROM package is available as a single package or as an annual subscription. You can also access Cisco documentation on the World Wide Web at http://www.cisco.com, http://www-china.cisco.com, or http://www-europe.cisco.com.

If you are reading Cisco product documentation on the World Wide Web, you can submit comments electronically. Click Feedback in the toolbar, select Documentation, and click Enter the feedback form. After you complete the form, click Submit to send it to Cisco. We appreciate your comments.

About the 9.2 Release

The 9.2 software release supports the Cisco WAN switching BPX 8600 series and IGX 8400 series switches. This release does not support the IPX switch.

Phased Release Strategy

The MSS BU rollout plan for the 9.2 release is based upon a series of incremental feature releases. This phased feature release strategy is designed to allow the earliest customer availability of key new features, consistent with maintaining high product quality. For the status of each 9.2 feature at the time these release notes were published, please see below. For the latest status of each 9.2 feature, please see your account representative.

Definitions:

Generally Available (GA) - Feature is ready for wide deployment with no restrictions. Customers deploying GA features are supported by the Technical Assistance Center (TAC).

First Customer Ship (FCS) - Feature is available for controlled introduction by selected customers. To trial an FCS feature, please contact your account representative.

Customers selected for controlled introduction will receive assistance with test plan review and special support from the New Product Team (NPT) in addition to the normal Technical Assistance Center (TAC) support.

Product Feature Name FCS/GA Status Minimum Release

IGX

Support for UXM XLR card

GA

9.2.30

BPX

Support Multiple VSI Partitions

FCS

9.2.30

IGX

HDM/LDM Control Lead Trap

FCS

9.2.30

IGX

Support UXM Feeder

FCS

9.2.30

IGX

SES Feeder to IGX

GA

9.2.23

BPX

Include Sonet line protection: APS on BXM-OC3 and BXM-OC12 (1+1)

FCS

9.2.20

BPX

Include Sonet line protection: APS on BXM-OC3 and BXM-OC12 (2 card, 1:1)

FCS

9.2.20

BPX

Support for 16K connections

GA

9.2.20

BPX

Support for LMI/ILMI on BXM card

GA

9.2.20

BPX

Support for Virtual Trunking on the BXM card

GA

9.2.20

BPX

Support for Virtual Switch Interface (VSI) 2.2

GA

This interface is available in 9.2.20. Use of this interface is dependent upon other products, for example, IOS.

BPX/IGX

A-Bit Notification

GA

9.2.20

BPX/IGX

Alarms for all service affecting events

GA

9.2.20

BPX/IGX

Support for feature mismatch on BXM and UXM cards

GA

9.2.20

BPX/IGX

Support for Hitless Rebuild including Disable Auto Bus Diagnostics

GA

9.2.20

BPX/IGX

Support for IGX and BPX trunk reconfiguration without outage

GA

9.2.20

BPX/IGX

Support for Revision Interoperability between 9.1 and 9.2

GA

9.2.20

BPX/IGX

Support for UXM and BXM Multi-Level Channel Statistics

GA

9.2.20

BPX/IGX

Support ports and trunks on the same UXM and BXM cards

GA

9.2.20

IGX

Support for ATM Forum Standard Compliant IMA trunking with UXM Firmware Model B

GA

9.2.20

IGX

Support for Virtual Trunking on the UXM card

GA

9.2.20

IGX

Support VC traffic shaping on UXM port

GA

9.2.20

BPX

Support for APS Annex B

FCS

9.2.20

BPX/IGX

Real Time VBR

FCS

9.2.20

IGX

Support Enhanced UXM (UXMe)

FCS

9.2.20

IGX

Support for Idle code suppression for video on UVM and CVM cards

FCS

9.2.20

IGX

Support for UXM VP tunneling

FCS

9.2.20

Software Release 9.2.30

Including all features supported up to release 9.2.20 and introducing the following additional features:

    1. Support for Multiple Partitions

    2. Support for UXM Feeder

    3. Support for HDM/LDM Control Lead Trap

    4. Support for UXM XLR back card

Software Release 9.2.23

Includes all features supported up to release 9.2.20

Software Release 9.2.22

Includes all features supported up to release 9.2.20

Software Release 9.2.21

Includes all features supported up to release 9.2.20

Software Release 9.2.20

Includes all features supported in release 9.2.10, release 9.2.01 and release 9.2.00 and introduced the following additional features:

    1. Support for Real Time VBR (rt-VBR)

    2. Support for Early A-Bit Notification (This feature is an enhancement to the Early A-Bit Notification feature in release 9.1)

    3. Support for the Service Extension Shelf (SES) Feeder to IGX

    4. Software support for Enhanced BXM and UXM cards

Software Release 9.2.10

Includes all features supported in release 9.2.01 and release 9.2.00 and introduced the following additional features:

    1. Support for Virtual Switch Interface (VSI) 2.2

    2. Support for 16K connections

    3. Support for UXM VP tunneling

    4. Support for APS Annex B

    5. Support for Multiple Protocol Label Switching (MPLS); MPLS-Virtual Private Network (VPN); and MPLS-Class Of Service (COS) - See the Clarifications section for more details

Software Release 9.2.01

Includes all features supported in release 9.2.00 and introduced the following additional features:

    1. Support for Virtual Trunking on the BXM card

    2. SONET line protection: APS on BXM-OC3 and BXM-OC12 (1+1)

Software Release 9.2.00

Software release 9.2.00 introduced the following features:

    1. Support for Virtual Trunking on the UXM card

    2. Support for both ports and trunks simultaneously on the same UXM and BXM cards

    3. Support for Hitless Rebuild including Disable Auto Bus Diagnostics

    4. Support for BXM and UXM Multi-Level Channel Statistics

    5. Alarms for all service affecting events

    6. Supports revision interoperability between 9.1 and 9.2

    7. Support for IGX and BPX trunk reconfiguration without outage

    8. Supports ATM Forum Standard Compliant IMA Trunking with UXM (IGX 8400) Firmware Model B

    9. Includes SONET line protection: APS on BXM-OC3 and BXM-OC12 (2 card, 1:1)

    10. Support for LMI/ILMI on BXM card

    11. Supports feature mismatch on BXM and UXM cards

    12. Support for Idle Code Suppression for video on UVM and CVM cards

    13. Supports VC traffic shaping on UXM ports

    14. Support for the UXM STM-1 Electrical back card

Clarifications:

    1. This release introduces four new commands in BPX:

    2. There are changes in the following commands starting from this release:

    Allow start VPI = 0 for a VSI partition on a port interface, provided there is only one VSI partition on the port interface.
    Prevent second VSI partition from being enabled on a port interface if the first VSI partition uses a start VPI = 0.
    Prevent disabling ILMI protocol on a port interface, if VSI ILMI session is active on a VSI partition on the port interface.
    Prevent configuring ILMI protocol on port interfaces to run on the BCC, if a VSI ILMI session is active on a VSI partition on the port interface.
    Prevent configuring ILMI protocol on a trunk interface to run on the BCC, if a VSI ILMI session is active on a VSI partition on the trunk interface.
    Prevent adding a feeder to a trunk, if VSI ILMI session is active on a VSI partition on the trunk interface.

    3. The multiple partitions introduces 2 VSI partitions on trunk and port interfaces on the BXM card. So, one partition can be used for MPLS, one can be used for PNNI. Virtual Trunk can have only one VSI partition or can be used for AutoRoute, but cannot be used for both VSI and AutoRoute simultaneously. This project introduces 6 service class templates in addition to the 3 existing templates.

    4. There is a change in the reporting of port group numbers in this release. The previous image (MEC) of BXM firmware reported 1 port group for the 2 port group cards at the channel stats level 2 and 3. This made the port belonging to 2nd port group unusable.

    5. In BPX nodes that use processor cards with 32Meg of RAM, it is possible to run out of memory in the Hitless Region. This can happen if the node is too heavily configured with cards and connections. The recommendation below should prevent memory aborts. 

    17100 blocks for card database
     1500 blocks for EACH BXM that supports 16K conns 
     3000 blocks for EACH BXM that supports 32K conns 
      300 blocks for EACH 1000 conns
   -----------------------------------------------------------------
    40000 blocks maximum total (34000 blocks for 9.2 releases up to 9.2.23)

    6. The minimum software and firmware versions required to run MPLS are:

The BPX with external 7x00 label switch controller (router) with Switch Software Release 9.2.10 and IOS release 12.0(5)T can function as an ATM-LSR. The enhancements to dynamic label switching that was supported in Release 9.1 included support for MPLS Class of Service. The BPX as an ATM-LSR supports the "Multi-Label VC" model to support MPLS Class of Service. Five Qbins (Qbin 10-14)are reserved for MPLS Class of Service. Class based WFQ is supported on these IP queues.
The BPX can also function as a "P" ATM-LSR in the MPLS-VPN architecture.
Hot Redundancy of MPLS connections on the BPX is supported by BXM hot card redundancy. Continuous message forwarding, and keep-alive between the BXM redundant pair ensures the connection continuity on BXM switchover. On failure of a BXM card, the standby card becomes active with the label-vcs. Re-synchronization between the MPLS Label Switch controller and the BPX ensures that their databases are in sync.

    7. The 16K connections feature increases the number of connections terminating on the BPX switch to 16,000. The count includes connections terminating on BXM or ASI endpoints on cards within the node as well as connections terminating on service modules in the feeder shelves connected to the BPX switch. For example, a Frame Relay connection that originates on a FRSM in an MGX 8220 connected to a BPX counts as one of the 16,000 terminated connections on that BPX.

    8. Version 2.2 of the VSI (Virtual Switch Interface) provides the BPX switch with the ability to support multiple network protocols and multiple controllers per switch (e.g., MPLS, PNNI, etc.). Switch resources can be dedicated to a specific controller or shared by multiple controllers.

    9. The combinations of system limits such as number of trunks, lines, ports, and connections as well as enabled TFTP interval statistics should be provisioned so that the node has at least 50% idle time usage. Use the command dspprfhist to verify.

    10. When cost based routing is used, increasing the cost of a trunk will result in deleting the preferred path on connections in the database if the sum of the preferred path cost exceeds the actual sum of configured connection cost. The connections will remain routed on its current path.

    11. On the BXM and UXM, for the OC-3 MultiMode Fiber backcards, Y-Redundancy/hot standby is not supported due to a hardware restriction.

    12. The trunk reconfiguration feature does not support IMA trunks.

    13. HDM to UVM interworking for Nx64K connections is not supported in this release.

Special Installation/Upgrade Requirements

General

    1. The earliest release supported for graceful upgrade is 9.1.03.

    2. When UXM cards are to be used, certain legacy card firmware must be upgraded before upgrading to this release. See the compatibility matrix for cards affected and the exact versions to be used.

Note Standards compliant IMA is not compatible with the proprietary IMA protocol used in revision A firmware. Both ends of an IMA trunk must have the same protocol.

Upgrade Procedure:

Caution Failure to follow this procedure may result in the card not operating. The card should be returned to Cisco if this occurs.

Step 1 Verify current boot code version.

In order to run Model B firmware on an UXM, the card needs to be running boot code revision 6 or greater. To determine the boot code running on the card, issue the following command from the CLI (you must be logged in as Service level or greater to use this command):

rsh <slot #> sys version

Step 2 Upgrade the UXM's boot code if necessary.

The process for loading boot code is exactly the same process you would use to load firmware. The only part which changes is the name of the file.

Note Burning the boot code will cause the card to reset.

Step 3 Upgrade the UXM's firmware.

Step 4 When Y-redundant trunks are used, the red alarm in/out values must be configured to 1.25/1.5 seconds or greater, or else INVMUX failures will occur and trunk failures will be observed during a Y-redundancy switchover. Use the following command:

cnftrkparm

This is due to the IMA protocol and may cause re-route of connections.

Step 5 Upgrade NPM software to 9.2.

Procedure for Upgrading UXM-to-IMATM Trunks from Proprietary IMA Protocol to ATM Forum Compliant IMA Protocol

Step 1 Download and burn UXM bootcode version 06 or later to all UXMs in the network. This will cause the card to reset and reroute traffic to other trunks.

Step 2 On IGX to have firmware upgrade, issue command cnffunc 15 d to disable the UXM from resetting automatically after the firmware is burned in.

Step 3 On each MGX-8220 equipped with IMATM-B, upgrade the ASC to 5.0.10

Step 4 Download the Forum Compliant-Firmware version imatm_5.0.10.fw but do NOT reset IMATM-B card

Step 5 On each IGX-UXM with IMA to be upgrade, burn firmware A.B.E or later to each UXM with IMA trunks.

Step 6 Simultaneously reset the card at each end of each IMA trunk to minimize trunk outage.

Step 7 Upgrade 9.1 nodes to 9.2 via loadrev and runrev

Step 8 Issue the command cnffunc 15 e after each IGX is upgraded to 9.2.20 or later

The above procedure also applies to the UXME.

Procedure for Upgrading UXM-to-UXM Trunks From Proprietary IMA Protocol to ATM Forum Compliant IMA Protocol

Note For Y-redundant UXMs, issue the command cnftrkparm 18 100000 100000 prior to this procedure and return to default values after this procedure

Step 1 Download and burn UXM bootcode version 06 or later to all UXMs in the network. This will cause the card to reset and reroute traffic to other trunks.

Step 2 On IGX to have firmware upgraded, issue command cnffunc 15 d to disable the UXM from resetting automatically after the firmware is burned in.

Step 3 On each IGX-UXM with IMA to be upgraded, burn firmware A.B.E or later to each UXM with IMA trunks.

Step 4 Simultaneously reset the card at each end of each IMA trunk to minimize trunk outage.

Step 5 Upgrade 9.1 nodes to 9.2 via loadrev and runrev.

Step 6 Issue the command cnffunc 15 e after each IGX is upgraded to 9.2.20 or later.

Procedure for Upgrading BXM cards to the 9.2 Firmware Release

To enable BXM cards to utilize 9.2 features, all BXM cards must be upgraded to 9.2 firmware release.

The following steps should be taken:

Step 1 Upgrade BXM's firmware

Step 2 Upgrade BCC software to 9.2

Note  See the Compatibility Matrix for the exact versions to be used.

Procedure for Adding New BCC cards as a Part of Upgrading to the 9.2 Release

Note  See the Compatibility Matrix for the tested/supported versions of other firmware and software that work with this release.

Please consult your Support Representative before performing any software upgrade.

Upgrading VSI 1.1 in Release 9.1 to VSI 2.2 in Release 9.2

Step 1 Upgrade the Tag Switch Controller (TSC)

The TSC is upgraded to CoS VSI Version capable release [IOS 12.05(T)]. This image is VSI bilingual, meaning it understands both VSI Version 1 and Version 2.

Step 2 Upgrade the BXMs

All the BXM cards in the node are upgraded to Revision E, which is VSI Version 2 and CoS capable. After each BXM card is downloaded with the Revision E image, it temporarily experiences VSI outage until the BCC software is upgraded to the 9.2.20 image. The VSI outage during the upgrade is caused by the Revision E firmware not being backward compatible with VSI Version 1 features.

Note that from the TSC perspective, after a BXM is upgraded to Revision E image the interfaces that used to be on the card will "disappear." The TDP sessions that were on the interfaces will be lost. When all the BXMs are upgraded to the Revision E while still running Release 9.1 software on the BCC, the node will experience a complete outage of MPLS traffic. Autoroute will have a hitless upgrade.

Step 3 Upgrade the BCC

As the BCC is upgraded from software Release 9.1 to Release 9.2.20, the BCC recognizes the Revision E BXMs and downloads the VSI partition configuration. This causes the BXMs to issue ifc cfg traps to the TSC, allowing the TSC to rediscover all the BPLS interfaces on the BPX. The TDP sessions are reestablished and BPLS traffic starts flowing again through the BPX.

Note The VSI 1.1 and VSI 2.2 are not interoperable.

Version Interoperability Requirements

Version Interoperating upgrades are supported from the 9.1 to 9.2 releases of switch software, with Secondary Revision Incorporation for Network Lowest Revision. This will lessen the risk of new features being enabled in a mixed network after the downgrade.

The "Secondary Revision" field in the node is used for the determination of the network lowest revision. Previous to this change, software used only the node's primary revision. The interoperability functionality uses network lowest revision for:

Version Compatibility Notes

For a complete list of firmware versions supported, see the Compatibility Matrix document, which is included in this release package.

Control Card Requirements

All processor cards must be configured with a minimum of 32 MB of RAM. This includes BCCs and NPMs. NPMs require at least 1 MB of BRAM. To verify the BRAM size on IGX 8400 nodes, use the dspcd command.

Note If any control cards contain less than 32 MB of DRAM (these would be NPMs) then they must be replaced with cards containing at least 32MB of DRAM prior to upgrading to Release 9.2. The physical upgrade of the nodes with these control cards must be done according to the upgrade procedure defined below.

Control Card Boot Firmware Requirements

As specified below, the correct version of CC boot firmware must be installed on the cards prior to a software upgrade to Release 9.2.

BCC Type Firmware

BCC-32

H.B.J

BCC-3-32

H.C.M

BCC-3-64

H.D.M

BCC-4V

H.H.M

NPM Type Firmware

NPM-32

R.B.S

NPM-64

R.C.S

NPM-32B

R.E.S

NPM-64B

R.F.S

When upgrading the boot code on the NPM, perform the following steps:

Step 1 Burn the boot code on the active NPM (1)

Step 2 Execute the switchcc command and wait until the NPM(1) becomes standby. NPM(2) is now active.

Step 3 Execute the resetcd command to reset the standby (resetcd 1 h). Wait until NPM(1) becomes standby.

Step 4 Burn the boot code on the active NPM(2)

Step 5 Execute the switchcc command and wait until the NPM(2) becomes standby. NPM(1) is now active.

Step 6 Execute the resetcd command to reset the NPM(2) once it becomes standby (resetcd 1 h).

Control Card Compatibility Requirements

Each redundant pair of BCC cards in a given BPX 8600 node must be of the identical type and memory configuration. That is, for example, if the active card is a BCC-3-32, then so must be the standby. BCC-3 cards with 32MB of RAM cannot be mixed with BCC-3 cards with 64MB of RAM.

Each redundant pair of NPM cards in a given IGX 8400 node must be of the identical type and memory configuration. That is, for example, if the active card is an NPM-32, then so must be the standby. NPM cards with 32MB of RAM cannot be mixed with NPM cards with 64MB of RAM. Also, NPM-64 cards cannot be mixed with NPM-64B cards.

This is a requirement for all software upgrade and downgrade procedures. It does not apply to the physical card upgrade procedure, as described below.

Control Card Physical Card Upgrade Procedure

When performing a Control Card (CC) upgrade, the following procedure must be used. This applies to all processors: BCCs, and/or NPMs.

Step 1 Remove the current standby CC front card. (For a BCC, also remove the backcard).

Step 2 Replace with a new CC front card. (For a BCC, also replace the backcard).

Step 3 Wait for the standby updates on the newly installed standby CC to complete.

Step 4 Issue a switchcc command to utilize the newly installed CC.

Step 5 Verify that the network is stable.

Step 6 Remove the current standby CC front card. (For a BCC, also remove the backcard).

Step 7 Replace with a new CC front card that is identical to the current active CC. (For a BCC, also replace the backcard).

Step 8 Wait for the standby updates on the newly installed standby CC to complete.

Step 9 The CC physical upgrade is now complete.

Step 10 With the secondary card in the standby state, cause a switchover using the switchcc command. This will test that the hardware is working correctly.

Note After Step 2, the node will contain a mix of an old type CC and the new type CC. This condition is only permitted while the standby updates to the new CC are in progress, which will take less than one hour. The time during which this mixture of CC types exists must be kept to a minimum, by immediately replacing the second old type CC with the matching one of the new type.

Features Not Supported

Committed (but not being delivered in this release):

The following features are not supported in this release:

    1. Out Of Band LAN IP address

    2. OAM loopback in IGX and BPX

Obsoleted:

Notes & Cautions

Additional Notes:

    1. Switch Software Release 9.2 is not compatible with UXM Firmware Model A.

    2. If attempting to burn UXM firmware Model B into a UXM with firmware Model A while running 9.2 software, the firmware Model B will not be burned into the UXM card due to the incompatibility of software 9.2 and UXM Firmware Model A. The UXM has to be returned to Cisco for service.

    3. If using M.E.D BXM firmware, 9.2.30 software has to be upgraded first and then, after burning the BXM card with the MED firmware, the BXM will report 2 port groups for 2 port cards all the time. The smooth transition between the earlier 1 port group and the newly reported 2 port groups also displays message in dspcd "Inconsistency with logical PG #" (port group number). All earlier software will mismatch the card.

    4. Firmware MED and earlier supports APS Redundancy on Legacy BXM only.

    5. Firmware MED and later supports APS Redundancy for both Legacy and Enhanced BXM.

    6. Because of a hardware limitation, BXM hardware is not able to recognize all user programmed cell transmission rates. Rather only discrete transmission rates can be used instead.





Table 1: BXM Discrete Transmitted Cell Rate to avoid cell discard

    7. On a BPX with MGX 8220 feeder(s), regardless of the setting of the Node Parameter "42 Enable Feeder Alert", a feeder alert message will be sent to all MGX 8220 feeders immediately before a hitless rebuild takes place. The feeder alert message will temporarily disable the LMI polling from the MGX 8220 feeders. The MGX 8220 polling will resume as soon as the BPX is ready to exchange LMI messages.

    8. The amount of traffic allowed on a VP Tunneling connection is 1/2 bandwidth of that connection. The minimum bandwidth must be 100 cells per second. For example, CBR connection with peak cell rate 1000 cps then can pass traffic up to 500 cps.

    9. For IMA trunks, the configuration is blocked if the converted cps (cells per second) of the number of links to be decremented is MORE than the transmit rate. (CSCdm71616)

    10. Card errors (0x25170076) occur on BXM when only one Virtual Trunk is configured in a physical port. To avoid this situation, configure at least 2 Virtual Trunks on any physical port that you have VTs on. When performing the configuration, make sure to configure the VTs one directly after the other. (CSCdm69974)

Limitations

    1. Switch Software 9.2.30 and BXM firmware MEF support the attachment of multiple VSI controllers to the BPX. In case of MPLS, however, only one LSC should be attached to the BPX. If multiple LSCs are attached to the BPX, the results are unpredictable.

    2. Switch Software 9.2.30 and BXM firmware MFB support the attachment of multiple VSI controllers to the BPX. In case of MPLS, however, only one LSC should be attached to the BPX. If multiple LSCs are attached to the BPX, the results are unpredictable.

    3. For UVM cards, there will be no new revisions of Model A firmware. When attempting to download Model A firmware to a UVM, software will give the user an error message indicating that the firmware does not match the card type. Note that there is no problem with continuing to use existing UVM cards running the old firmware. (CSCdp08741)

    4. For a virtual trunk on a BXM/UXM, the Transmit Trunk Rate (the transmit rate of the virtual trunk) is configurable to match the PCR value of the subscribed public VPC service. In this release, the actual shaping rate for a virtual trunk is higher than the configured Transmit Trunk Rate (CSCdm80482). The actual virtual trunk shaping rates are 1/(n x 680 x 10-9) cells per second, where n is an integer from 1 to 29,411. In this release, the user configured Transmit Trunk Rate is rounded to the next higher (as opposed to lower) actual shaping rate for shaping.

Step 1 Determine the n such that 1/(n x 680 x 10-9) cps (the actual shaping rate) is no greater than the PCR value of the subscribed public PVC service. For example, if the PCR value of the subscribed public PVC service is 10 Mbps or 23,585 cps, the n will be 63 and the actual shaping rate is 23,342.67 cps.

Step 2 Configure the Transmit Trunk Rate for the virtual trunk to be less than 1/(n x 680 x 10-9) cps but greater than 1/((n+1) x 680 x 10-9) cps. For example, if the PCR value of the subscribed public VPC service is 10 Mbps or 23,585 cps, configure the Transmit Trunk Rate for the virtual trunk to be less than 1/(63 x 680 x 10-9)=23,342.67 cps but greater than 1/(64 x 680 x 10-9)=22,977.94 cps.

    5. There is a new traffic class added in release 9.2.20 that causes a trunk parameter conflict with pre-9.2.20 node. The conflict fails adding trunks between 9.2.20 BTM/ATM nodes and pre- 9.2.20 BTM/ATM nodes.

    6. The cloud port to which a virtual trunk is connected should have ILMI polling disabled. Otherwise, it could lead to a virtual trunk being clear on one end and declaring Virtual Trunk Path Failure at the other end. (CSCdm52909)

    7. In a BPX that contains BCC cards with 64MB, there is no limitation. All 12 available slots can contain BXM or Enhanced-BXM cards.

    8. Due to performance reasons, AIS status of connections is not sent to the standby BCC. After switchcc, it may take few minutes to update the AIS status of connections. If dspcon does not show the proper status of AIS or dspalms screen shows incorrect number of AIS, (after switchcc) wait for few minutes so that the status gets updated. (dspalms and dspcon commands show the status of AIS).

    9. Hitless Rebuild has similar limitations to that of a "switchcc" and full rebuild:

    Some statistics that are collected by Cisco WAN Manager will be re-enabled automatically. These include:
    Auto statistics
    Summary statistics
    Real Time statistics
    All other statistics have to be re-enabled for collection after a hitless rebuild takes place. These mainly include the user statistics.

    10. UVM cards in y-redundancy will mismatch if one is burned with Idle Code Suppression Firmware and the other is not.

    11. Mismatch is reported when replacing a BXM card with another BXM card that has different Port Group, even though both BXM cards have identical channel numbers.

    12. When upgrading from release 9.1 to 9.2, the 9.1 statistics on UXM cards are supported to maintain compatibility. However, once you configure a statistics level in 9.2, you can not revert back to 9.1 statistics.

    13. The BXM and UXM channel statistics level feature gives these cards the capability of collecting more than 4 statistics per connection. However, it is the controller card's limitations, available memory and performance, that indicates how many statistics can actually be collected from the cards and then reported to the Cisco WAN Manager (CWM).

    14. In release 9.1, the UXM card ran a proprietary IMA communication protocol. This protocol matched that used on the MGX 8220 4 IMATM-B cards and hence could be connected together to form a trunk. In release 9.2, we now support standards compliant IMA on the UXM card and the standards compliant IMATM-B on MGX 8220 5.0 is not yet released. Hence, when the network is upgraded to 9.2.20, the UXM will be running compliant IMA protocol and the IMATM-B will still be running the proprietary IMA communication protocol. They will no longer communicate and the trunk will fail. This will be fixed in the MGX 8220 5.0 release containing IMATM-B. However, it should be noted that an upgrade at that time will also incur some amount of downtime as there will be a difference in timing between the MGX 8220 upgrade and the switch software upgrade. There should be no effect to UXM-IMA trunks connected to other UXM-IMA trunks in 9.1 to 9.2 interoperability mode.

    15. We allow the transmit rate on an IGX IMA trunk to be altered at the local node with any trunk outage. It is possible that the transmit rates are different at the two ends of an IMA trunk. After this trunk is deleted, we cannot add it back unless the transmit rates are the same.

    16. When doing a grouped upgrade from release 9.1 to 9.2, the software error 1427 may be logged on the BPX/IGX node during non-graceful upgrade. This error can be ignored since it is harmless to the network.(CSCdm14613)

    17. Reconfiguring trunk parameters may cause connection to be rerouted if the changed bandwidth load is smaller than what was used by the connections that use the trunk.

    18. If LMI/ILMI is provided by the BCC:

If LMI/ILMI is provided by the BXM firmware:

    19. Virtual Path Connections with cells whose VCI values are above 4095 will be transmitted correctly if and only if the path is exclusively through BXM trunks and terminates at BXM ports.

    20. The feature of CIR=0 for Frame Relay connections is not supported for connections terminating between FRM cards in IPX/IGX nodes and FRSM cards in an MGX 8220 shelf.

    21. SVC Connections are derouted after decreasing the allocated bandwidth (increasing Stat Reserve). It is the design intent that increasing the statistical reserve will cause SVC conns to deroute and not be rerouted.(See bug CSCst92308).

    22. For the loadrev operation, it is important that the Cisco WAN Manager/TFTP buffers are maintained at their default size.

    23. Due to a hardware limitation, the BNI trunk will send 13 -15% more traffic than what it is configured for when the trunk is configured for less speed (cps) than the maximum port speed. This is especially important when the BNI trunk is connected to IM-ATM pairs, which carry less than T3 bandwidth.

    24. When using the shift/no-shift feature on a BPX 8600 node's port card, controlled via the cnfport command, the other end of the connection must have the same setting. Otherwise, there will be a loss of continuity.

    25. If the Stat Reserve field on a trunk is dramatically increased to a value which represents a significant majority of the total trunk bandwidth, then, if connections are present on the trunk, the dspload command will show negative values. This is to signify that the trunk is oversubscribed. The trunk load values will eventually reach 0, or a small positive number after all the necessary connections are routed off that trunk. (CSCdi84878)

    26. When deleting trunks, there is a known limitation with the switch software. The deltrk command should always be executed on the node that remains as part of the network, rather than from the node which ends up being removed from the network. This is to ensure that all the necessary updates are sent to the rest of the network. (CSCdi85134). Also, If the command is not used as recommended here, a software error 419 could occur (CSCdi91285).

    27. Due to Trunk Based Loading, any commands having to do with trunk loading and the load model (dspload chklm dsplm, etc.) need to be done only after waiting a certain period of time. This time is directly a function of the trunk load update interval time (as configurable) plus the conditional update latency time.

    28. The external ABR segment control loop on ForeSight (ABRFST) is an option at the User Interface, but is not supported in hardware. The user should not enable this option on ForeSight connections (CSCdi92451). In any case, there is no coupling between the loops.

    29. On a heavily loaded BPX 8600 node, during connection re-routing, the status of a particular connection is indicated as OK even though the line status of the other end of the connection is listed as failed. The connection is in fact OK, because the conditioning of the connection (to update the status for both ends) is done by a low-priority process so that the re-routing of the connections can be given high priority. The status will be eventually updated. (CSCdj10762)

    30. A node whose number is greater than 63 cannot have a clrcnf operation performed on it. This is as designed. A clrallcnf can be done, or the node must be renumbered to less than 63 before running clrcnf. (CSCdj14920)

    31. The interface between a BXM feeder trunk and an MGX 8220 feeder is always considered to be an NNI interface. (CSCdj16808)

    32. When adding more than 4000 connections on a BPX node, the VC polling rate must be changed to a higher interval, to accommodate the additional time needed to poll for the statistics for each VC. The cnfsysparm command, parameter 24 must be changed according to the following:

    0-3999 connections

    Polling Rate: 5 Minutes (or higher)

    4000-7999 connections

    Polling Rate: 10 Minutes (or higher)

    >8000 connections

    Polling Rate: 15 Minutes

    33. Given a connection that terminates on an IGX 8400 FRM at one end and an ASI on the other end, tstdelay initiated at the FRM end may not work if the ASI firmware is below the appropriate revision and does not support OAM cells as opposed to supervisory cells. This is because the updated BTM on the IGX will always generate OAM cells. Please check the Compatibility Matrix.

    34. Because the detailed card error event log is not retained within BRAM, this information will be lost should a processor rebuild occur. Therefore, when issuing a dspcderrs command on a particular slot, the display will not show the detailed card error information should rebuild event occur. This functionality has not been modified from previous releases.

    35. When a physical-layer failure (for example, LOS) is detected on the BXM, a Major Alarm is generated, and any connection routed over that port is downed (Fail state). The software sends a command to the remote end of the connection to generate AIS in the egress direction. (CSCdj30543).

Impact:

Since the connection is in a failed state, AIS is generated in the upstream direction (in addition to the downstream direction). Although this does conform to the letter of the I.610 standard, this is not necessarily what a user would expect to see, because it interferes with the RDI response from the end-to-end connection termination point. (A fault in the downstream direction causes a fault in the upstream direction.)

Reason for the current implementation:

The BNI can not generate AIS. If there is a fault at a BNI trunk, the current mechanism is to cause AIS to be generated by the BXM port by downing the connection. Since the BXM can only generate OAM cells from the RCMP, and the RCMP is in the ingress path, the cells must be backward routed to the egress (egress QE). Also, since end-to-end OAM cells are required, the ingress QE must be configured to drop ALL cells in the ingress path. This creates a break in continuity in the opposite direction, and AIS cells must also be generated at the other end of the same connection, in the upstream direction of the original fault.

    36. There are problems in the downgrade mechanism which can cause database corruption. If downgrade is performed immediately after upgrading, the Stby_Info revision fields are not yet filled in on the new active CC. They don't get filled in until the upcard response from the new locked CC. This causes restart instead of a switchcc. If the locked CC is reset, then downgrade immediately, a restart will occur instead of a switchcc. (CSCdj30811).

    37. In order to test/simulate the Y-redundant switchover of ASI T3 or E3 pairs the resetcd command must be used, or by pulling out the active card. It will not be correctly simulated by doing a dncd (down card) on the active card. Using dncd will cause cell discards. (CSCdj08923).

    38. BXM cards can support 32K PVC's only when no stats are collected. If collecting 4 stats per PVC is desired, the number of PVC's per BXM card drops to 16K. (CSCdj31773).

    39. UBR traffic gains an advantage over ABR traffic when UBR and ABR PVC's are combined on the same network. This is because UBR and ABR PVC's share the same QBIN (Class of Service Queue) on the BXM card. ABR PVC's use a flow control mechanism, VSVD, which ensures that traffic sources slow down when the QBIN usage exceeds the EFCI threshold. However, UBR PVC's do not have this throttling mechanism. Therefore, ABR will throttle back whereas UBR will not. This unfair advantage is not considered a problem, since the decision to share a QBIN for ABR and UBR traffic was intentional. Any best-effort service that one would route over UBR can be routed over ABR(VSVD), with the additional benefit of protecting resources in the network. If UBR and ABR PVC's are required then:

Step 1 Set up an ABRSTD connection

Step 2 Enable VSVD

Step 3 Disable FCES (Flow Control External Segment)

Step 4 Disable DEFAULT EXTENDED PARAMETERS

Step 5 Choose policing option "4" to allow access as UBR.1 (PCR policing only). This connection has ABR VSVD in the network and allows UBR.1 access. The MCR for such ABRSTD connection may be set at the minimum acceptable value of 6 cell per second (explained later why doing so).

To provide ABR service on a connection, set up an ABRSTD connection, enable VSVD and enable FCES to allow RM cells to be passed to and from customer equipment. The MCR for such ABRSTD connection can be set at any user desired value.
When the network is experiencing congestion, all the affected ABRSTD connections, regardless of the services (ABR or UBR) they are carrying, will all be throttled back at the VSVD points at the network edge. During network congestion, connections carrying UBR services are virtually stopped (to a through put of mere 6 cps) while connections carrying ABR services can send at a much higher, user desired MCR. This option would avoid that UBR service gains an unfair advantage over ABR service while sharing the same CoS queue.

    40. Combining FBTC and non-FBTC connections within a Class of Service can cause FBTC connections to not receive a fair share of bandwidth. For example, if VBR connections are added at a terminating port, and some of these VBR connections have FBTC enabled while other VBR connections have FBTC disabled, the VBR connections with FBTC disabled may obtain all of the excess bandwidth before the connections with FBTC enabled receive any of the excess bandwidth. The same holds true for ABR or UBR connections. This only is relevant where FBTC and non-FBTC connections share a QBIN, either at a port or at a trunk.

    41. The maximum number of VC Parameters supported: 749 for BCC-32 MB, 2,999 for BCC-64 MB. (CSCdj48589).

    42. Care must be taken when changing the Deroute Delay parameter, which is controlled by the cnftrk command. This parameter defaults to zero, but if it is set to anything but zero, connection re-routing due to a trunk failure will be delayed as provided by the parameter.

Required Workarounds:

    1. The logical line and logical port databases can be corrupted when an IGX has Frame Relay lines as well as ATM lines, and a rebuild or Control Card switch over occurs. This corruption is evident by the appearance the software errors 549, 886, and 2071 on a switchover or rebuild, or if a software error 928 occurs while upping an ATM line. If such a corruption is found, the database can be cleaned up. Refer to the workaround of CSCdm54814.

    2. When adding a node into an existing network, ensure that its node number is unique prior to actually adding it into the network. Use the rnmnd command (which is a Service-level command), and renumber the individual node while it is still stand-alone. This will make the joining of this node much simpler, and will avoid the problem of node renumbering an active network, as described below.

    3. There is a problem with node renumbering. Node renumbering (the rnmnd command) should be executed only during a stable network environment and only if absolutely necessary. A stable network environment would be, for example, one in which no connection was added for the past 30 minutes and no topology change was made in the last hour and there are no alarms or node unreachabilities. Node renumbering must only be done when the network is stable to reduce the possibility of certain temporarily blocked messages during the node renumbering process being delivered to the wrong nodes. This would occur after the completion of the node renumbering process. It is recommended that a node be renumbered prior to being added to the network.

    4. The settling time for network wide updates can take a long time in certain situations. Specifically, the settling time for updates due to network wide topology changes and connections in a large network when a processor switchover occurs can take a long time. The time is proportional to the number of nodes as well as the number of connections. A general estimate would be 30 seconds per node. During the period of transitions (when the updates are occurring) some network operations such as adding connections might, in some cases, take somewhat longer to complete.

    5. When using Cisco WAN Manager, there could be a problem with communicating with a node that just had a processor switchover. The problem is within the SPARCstation itself and its caching of EtherNet addresses. It can be solved by execution the following command on the workstation as the superuser: # arp -d <node_name>

    6. Users may not use the command addcon slot.1-24 v to add 24 voice connections to a CVM/UVM card at once. Instead, they must separate this activity into two or more commands, so that no more than 16 connections are added at once. This is only an issue for voice connections. Data connections can be added using the "1-24" syntax. This also applies when the CVM/UVM circuit line is an E1, in which case "1-32" would apply. (CSCdj14319)

    7. Statistics collection must be disabled prior to the start of an upgrade, prior to the issuing of the first loadrev command. Stats should be disabled from Cisco WAN Manager (Stats collection manager).

    8. Statistics sampling must be disabled prior to the start of an upgrade (using off1/off2), prior to the issuing of the first loadrev command. Stats sampling state machine should be disabled from the Command Line Interface.

    9. When a switchcc is executed on a BPX 8600 configured with two BCC-4 cards and contains a BXM-622 trunk card, there may be a bad clock path problem reported. It is indicated as a Minor Alarm - bad clock path. This is a transitory problem, although the alarm indication persists. To clear this, execute the clrclkalm command.

    10. Currently, T3-3 and T3-2 backcards are not interchangeable between ASI and BNI front cards, as this has been the case since the introduction of these cards. The back cards must be configured using cnfbkcd (with setnovram) so as to avoid backcard mismatch. (CSCdj41999)

Additional Documentation:

In order to take advantage of the dual SIU when upgrading to the BCC-4, the BPX 8600 node must have a new back plane which has dual traces for incorporating with the BCC-4.

The command dspbpnv can be issued to verify if the node has the new backplane or the old backplane. The following table details the bit fields for the BCC Backplane NOVRAM format, the display of word 2 describes the back plane type:

16 Bit Word Byte # (hex) Contents

0

0,1

Hardware revision

1

2,3

Backplane Type (usually 0x65=101 decimal)

2

4,5

Backplane version (0x0000:old 0x0001:new)

3

6,7

Backplane serial number in ASCII - MSB

4

8,9

"

5

A,B

" LSB

6

C,D

Board FAB number, in ASCII - MSB

7

E,F

"

8

10,11

"

9

12,13

"

A

14,15

"

B

16,17

" LSB

C

18,19

Unused

D

1A,1B

Unused

E

1C,1D

Unused

F

1E,1F

Checksum bytes - CURRENTLY NOT SUPPORTED

With regards to statistics collection, the peak statistics collection intervals are controlled to be only those values for which peaks can be accurately collected The rules for peak intervals are as follows:

There are additional commands to control trunk and line loopbacks in this release:

On the node on which it is executed, creates a loop back within the port such that the cells do not leave the card.
On the node on which it is executed, creates a loop such that incoming cells are looped back to the other end.
Removes the loopback added by either of the above two commands.

The card synchronization (Hitless-Switchcc) feature can be turned on/off using the on3/off3 command (which is a StrataCom-level command). For example, enter at the command line:

This will enable the card synchronization feature.
or
This will disable the card synchronization feature.
In order for the feature to work, the line statistics sampling should always be enabled (using the on2 1 command) and the front card installed must support the card synchronization feature. The dspcd command provides an easy way to determine whether the front card supports this new feature. If the front card supports the feature, the following message is shown on the dspcd screen:
Front card supports card synchronization
Additionally, the following debug commands are added to allow synchronization between the interface card and the CC database:
<slot_number> for a particular slot that supports the card synchronization feature.
* for all cards that support the card synchronization feature.
This command displays the number of connections reconciled during the synchronization process after a switchcc command for different slots.
<slot_number> for a particular slot that supports the card synchronization feature.
* for all slots supporting this feature.

Compatibility Notes

For a complete list of firmware revisions supported, see the Compatibility Matrix document, which is included in this release package.

This release will run with Release 4.0.0x, 4.1.0x, or 5.0.0x of the MGX 8220.

Compatibility Matrix

MGX 8220 5.0 Firmware Compatibility

PCB Description Tested F/W Minimum F/W Comments

ASC F/W

5.0.10

5.0.10

ASC Boot

1.0.01

1.0.01

BNM-E3

N/A

N/A

FRSM-4T1

4.0.19

4.0.19

FRSM Boot

4.0.00

4.0.00

SRM T1E1 (B)

N/A

N/A

CESM-4T1/E1

4.0.15

4.0.15

CESM Boot

4.0.01

4.0.01

CESM-8T1/E1

4.1.05

4.1.05

CESM-8 Boot

1.0.01

1.0.01

AUSM-4T1E1

4.0.19

4.0.19

AUSM Boot

4.0.00

4.0.00

AUSM-8T1/E1

5.0.10

5.0.10

AUSM-8T1/E1 Boot

1.0.01

1.0.01

FRSM-8T1

5.0.10

5.0.10

FRSM-8T1 Boot

1.0.01

1.0.01

FRSM-HS1

4.0.16

4.0.16

FRSM-HS1 Boot

1.0.01

1.0.01

FRSM-HS2

5.0.10

5.0.10

FRSM-HS2 Boot

1.0.01

1.0.01

IMATM-8

5.0.10

5.0.10

IMATM-8 Boot

1.0.01

1.0.01

MGX 8850 1.1 Firmware Compatibility

PCB Description Tested F/W Minimum F/W Comments

PXM1

1.1.11

1.1.11

PXM1-2-T3E3

1.1.11

1.1.11

PXM1-4-155

1.1.11

1.1.11

PXM1-1-622

1.1.11

1.1.11

PXM Boot

1.1.12

1.1.12

AX-CESM-8E1

10.0.04

10.0.01

AX-CESM-8T1

10.0.04

10.0.02

CESM Boot

1.0.01

1.0.01

MGX-AUSM-8E1/B

10.0.04

10.0.02

MGX-AUSM-8T1

10.0.04

10.0.01

AUSM Boot

1.0.01

1.0.01

AX-FRSM-8E1

10.0.04

10.0.01

AX-FRSM-8E1-C

10.0.04

10.0.01

AX-FRSM-8T1

10.0.04

10.0.01

AX-FRSM-8T1-C

10.0.04

10.0.01

FRSM-8-Boot

1.0.01

1.0.01

MGX-FRSM-HS2

10.0.04

10.0.01

MGX-FRSM-2CT3

10.0.04

10.0.01

MGX-FRSM-2T3E3

10.0.04

10.0.01

FRSM-VHS Boot

1.0.01

1.0.01

MGX-FRSM-HS1/B

10.0.04

10.0.04

FRSM-HS1 Boot

1.0.01

1.0.01

MGX-VISM-8T1

1.0.01

1.0.01

MGX-VISM-8E1

1.0.01

1.0.01

VISM Boot

1.0.01

1.0.01

MGX-RPM-64M/B

120-5.T1

120-5.T1

MGX-RPM-128M/B

120-5.T1

120-5.T1

RPM Boot

120-5.T1

120-5.T1

SES-IGX 1.1.11 Firmware Compatibility

PCB Description Tested F/W Minimum F/W Comments

PXM1

1.1.11

1.1.11

PXM1-4-155

1.1.11

1.1.11

PXM Boot

1.1.12

1.1.12

AX-CESM-8E1

10.0.04

10.0.04

AX-CESM-8T1

10.0.04

10.0.04

CESM Boot

1.0.01

1.0.01

MGX-AUSM-8E1/B

10.0.04

10.0.04

MGX-AUSM-8T1

10.0.04

10.0.04

AUSM Boot

1.0.01

1.0.01

AX-FRSM-8E1

10.0.04

10.0.04

AX-FRSM-8E1-C

10.0.04

10.0.04

AX-FRSM-8T1

10.0.04

10.0.04

AX-FRSM-8T1-C

10.0.04

10.0.04

FRSM-8-Boot

1.0.01

1.0.01

MGX-FRSM-HS2

10.0.04

10.0.04

MGX-FRSM-2CT3

10.0.04

10.0.04

MGX-FRSM-2T3E3

10.0.04

10.0.04

FRSM-VHS Boot

1.0.01

1.0.01

SES-IGX 1.1.12 Firmware Compatibility

PCB Description Tested F/W Minimum F/W Comments

PXM1

1.1.12

1.1.12

PXM1-4-155

1.1.12

1.1.12

PXM Boot

1.1.12

1.1.12

AX-CESM-8E1

10.0.05

10.0.05

AX-CESM-8T1

10.0.05

10.0.05

CESM Boot

1.0.01

1.0.01

MGX-AUSM-8E1/B

10.0.05

10.0.05

MGX-AUSM-8T1

10.0.05

10.0.05

AUSM Boot

1.0.01

1.0.01

AX-FRSM-8E1

10.0.05

10.0.05

AX-FRSM-8E1-C

10.0.05

10.0.05

AX-FRSM-8T1

10.0.05

10.0.05

AX-FRSM-8T1-C

10.0.05

10.0.05

FRSM-8-Boot

1.0.01

1.0.01

MGX-FRSM-HS2

10.0.05

10.0.05

MGX-FRSM-2CT3

10.0.05

10.0.05

MGX-FRSM-2T3E3

10.0.05

10.0.05

FRSM-VHS Boot

1.0.01

1.0.01

Release 9.2 BPX 8600 System Firmware Compatibility

BPX 8600 Boot Codes

PCB Description Tested F/W Minimum F/W Comments

BCC (model B) boot

HBJ

HBJ

BCC3-32 (model C) boot

HCM

HCM

BCC3-64 (model D) boot

HDM

HDM

BCC4V(model H) boot

HHM

HHM

BPX 8600 Firmware

PCB Description Tested F/W Minimum F/W Comments

ASI 155

WHC

WHC

ASI 155 E

WEC

WEC

ASI-1 2T3/C

UCF

UCF

ASI-2 2T3/B

UBK

UBK

BNI 3T3/C

TCM

TCM

BNI 3E3/B

TCM

TCM

BNI 155 E

VDR

VDR

BNI I55

VBR

VBR

ASM

GAC

GAC

BXM T3/E3

MED/MFA

MEB

BXM 155

MED/MFA

MEB

BXM 622

MED/MFA

MEB

BME

MKA

MKA

Release 9.2 IGX 8400 System Firmware Compatibility

Boot Codes

PCB Description Tested F/W Minimum F/W Comments

NPM 32 Boot

RBS

RBR

NPM 64 Boot

RCS

RCR

NPM 32B Boot

RES

RER

NPM 64B Boot

RFS

RFR

PCB Description Tested F/W Minimum F/W Comments

ALM-A

CAE

CAE

ALM-B

CBH

CBH

BTM Model A

IAF

IAF

BTM Model B

IBL

IBL

BTM Model D

IDC

IDC

CVM Model A

DAF

DAF

CVM Model B

DBF

DBF

CVM Model C

DCA

DCA

FRM Model D

FDZ

FDZ

FRM Model E

FEZ

FEZ

FRM Model H

FHB

FHB

FRM Model J

FJB

FJA

FRM Model K

FKB

FKA

FRM-2

FFD

FFD

FTM Model B

JBJ

JBJ

FTM Model C

JCB

JCB

HDM

SCH

SCF

LDM

LCC

LCB

NTM Model E

NEK

NEK

NTM Model F

NFJ

NFH

UFM-C Model A

ZAN

ZAN

UFM-U Model A

YAH

YAH

UVM Model A

DAE

DAD

UVM Model B

DBD

DBD

UVM Model C

DCA

DCA

UVM Model D

DDF

DDE

UVM Model E

DEB

DEA

UXM

ABD

ABB

Boot code version AB06

Release 9.2.30 System Content

Switch Software and Boot Codes

Release ID Product Rev. Model Image

SwSw 9.2.30

Sys S/W IGX 8400

9.2.30

Sys S/W BPX 8600

9.2.30

BCC3-32 (Model C) Boot

M0

C

HCM

BCC3-64 (Model C) Boot

M0

D

HDM

BCC4V (Model H) Boot

M0

H

HHM

NPM 32 Boot

S0

B

RBS

NPM 64 Boot

S0

C

RCS

NPM 32 B Boot

S0

E

RES

NPM 64 B Boot

S0

F

RFS

Cisco WAN Manager

Release ID Product Rev. Model Image

CWM 9.2.05

Cisco WAN Manager & SNMP

9.2.05

Cisco WAN Manager SCM

9.2.05

Hardware and Firmware Products

Release ID Product Rev Model Image

BPX 8600 9.2.30

ASI 155

C0

H

WHC

ASI 155E

C0

E

WEC

ASI-1 2T3/E3

F0

C

UCF

ASI-2 T3/E3

K0

B

UBK

BNI 3T3/E3

M0

C

TCM

BNI 155E

R0

D

VDR

BNI I55 0C3

R0

B

VBR

ASM

C0

A

GAC

BXM T3/E3

D0

E

MED

BXM 155

D0

E

MED

BXM 622

D0

E

MED

BXM-E

D0

E

MED

IGX 8400 9.2.30

BTM Model A

F0

A

IAF

BTM Model B

L0

B

IBL

BTM Model D

C0

D

IDC

CVM

F0

A

DAF

CVM Model B

F0

B

DBF

CVM Model C

A0

C

DCA

FRM (Model H)

B0

H

FHB

FRM (Model J)

A0

J

FJA

FRM (Model K)

A0

K

FKA

FRM (2)

D0

F

FFD

HDM

H0

C

SCH

ALM-A

E0

A

CAE

ALM-B

H0

B

CBH

UFM-C

N0

A

ZAN

UFM-U

H0

A

YAH

UVM Model A

E0

A

DAE

UVM Model B

D0

B

DBD

UVM Model C

A0

C

DCA

UVM Model D

F0

D

DDF

UVM Model E

E0

B

DEB

FTM

B0

C

JCB

LDM

C0

C

LCC

NTM Model E

K0

E

NEK

NTM Model F

H0

F

NFJ

UXM

D0

B

ABD

Latest tested versions of firmware and software:

MGX 8220 5.0 Hardware Compatibility

PCB Description Part Number Tested H/W Minimum H/W

IMATM-8T1

73-3026-01

F

A

IMATM-8E1

73-3027-01

F

A

IMATM-8T1/B

73-2451-05

F

A

IMATM-8E1/B

73-2452-06

J

A

ASC

73-2454-01

N

H

ASC 2

73-2586-01

B

A

ASC/B

73-3456-01

B

A

BNM-E3

73-2866-01

B

A

BNM-T3

73-2802-01

C

A

BNM-155

73-2459-02

C

A

FRSM-4T1

73-2455-01

C

A

FRSM-4E1

73-2456-01

C

A

SRM T1E1 (B)

73-2565-01

C

B

SRM-3T3

73-2464-04

D

A

CESM-4T1

73-2525-02

F1

B

CESM-4E1

73-2541-02

E2

B

CESM-8T1

73-2561-03

C

A

CESM-8E1

73-2562-03

C

A

AUSM-4T1

73-2990-01

C

A

AUSM-4E1

73-2991-01

C

A

FRSM-8T1

73-2367-04

A1

A1

FRSM-8E1

73-2360-04

A1

A1

FRSM-HS1

73-2602-02

J

A

AUSM-8T1

73-2493-06

F

A

AUSM-8E1

73-2494-06

F

A

FRASM-8T1

73-2347-04

A2

A2

BPX 8600 9.2 Hardware Compatibility

PCB Description Part Number Tested H/W Minimum H/W

BCC-32M (Non -Orderable)

73-213840-00

P

A

BCC-64M (Non-Orderable)

73-213840-01

P

A

BCC-BC (Non-Orderable)

73-211380-00

D

A

BCC-3-32M

73-3719-02

R

J

BCC-3-64M

73-3720-02

R

J

BCC-3-BC

73-2671-01

D

C

BCC-4V

73-3057-05

E

E

ASM

73-214020-00

C

A

ASM-BC

73-211910-00

C

A

BXM-T3-8

73-2589-05

H

A

BXM-E3-8

73-2591-05

H

A

BXM-T3-12

73-2588-05

H

A

BXM-E3-12

73-2590-05

H

A

T3/E3-BC

73-2759-02

A

A

BXM-155-8

73-2490-05

H

A

MMF-155-8-BC

73-2887-01

B

A

SMF-155-8-BC

73-2889-01

B

A

SMFLR-155-8-BC

73-2411-02

B

A

BXM-155-4

73-2492-05

H

A

MMF-155-4-BC

73-2888-01

B

A

SMF-155-4-BC

73-2890-01

B

A

SMFLR-155-4-BC

73-2412-02

B

A

BXM-622-2

73-2473-08

L

A

622-2-BC

73-2884-01

D

A

SMFLR-622-2-BC

73-2885-01

D

A

RDNT-LR-155-8

73-2951-01

A

A

RDNT-LR-622

73-2945-01

A

A

RDNT-SM-155-4

73-2950-01

A

A

RDNT-SM-155-8

73-2948-01

A

A

RDNT-SM-622

73-2944-01

A

A

RDNT-SM-622-2

73-2912-01

A

A

BNI-3-T3/C

73-2637-01

J

A

BNI-3-E3/B

73-2638-01

K

A

BNI-2-155/B

73-218100-03

J

A

ASI-2-E3/B

73-216330-01

F

A

ASI-2-T3/C

73-216330-00

F

A

ASI-2-155E

73-218100-02

J

A

T3-BC

73-213070-01

E

A

E3-BC

73-213070-01

E

A

MMF-2-BC

73-214290-00

D

A

SMF-2-BC

73-216270-00

D

A

SMFLR-2-BC

73-216270-01

D

A

BME-0C12

73-2469-07

L

A

IGX 8400 9.2 Hardware Compatibility

PCB Description Part Number Tested H/W Minimum H/W

IGX-NPM-32

73-2894-01

W

A

IGX-NPM-64

73-2895-01

W

A

IGX-NPM-32B

73-2554-04

L

A

IGX-NPM-64B

73-2363-02

C

A

IGX-SCM

73-3341-02

Y

A (revision X or later for nodes with UXM IMA trunks)

IGX-ARM

73-218230-00

B

A

BC-512011

73-212360-00

D

A

IGX-NTM

73-2296-04

E

A

BC-6271A-T1

73-207380-00

M

A

BC-6171A-E1

73-207370-01

P

A

BC-6083A-SR

73-208540-00

J

A

BC-550150-Y1

73-210820-01

D

A

IGX-BTM/B

73-3005-02

B

A

ACM1

73-2921-03

W

A

BC-571110A-T3

73-2879-01

L

A

BC-571210A-E3

73-2679-01

K

A

BC-571310A-E2

73-215940-00

D

A

BC-571410A-HSSI

73-216370-00

A

A

IGX-ALM/A

73-2558-03

J

A

IGX-ALM/B

73-2558-03

J

A

BC-UAI-1T3

73-217040-00

C

A

BC-UAI-1E3

73-2986-01

E

A

IGX-UXM

73-2511-03

D

A

BC-UAI-4-155-SMF

73-2703-03

D

A

BC-UAI-4-155-MMF

73-2705-03

D

A

BC-UAI-2-155-SMF

73-2699-03

C

A

BC-UAI-6-T3

73-2952-02

A

A

BC-UAI-3-T3

73-2954-02

A

A

BC-UAI-6-E3

73-2953-02

A

A

BC-UAI-3-E3

73-2955-02

A

A

BC-UAI-8-E1-BNC

73-2932-02

C

A

BC-UAI-4-E1-BNC

73-3061-01

C

A

BC-UAI-8-T1-DB15

73-2941-02

C

A

BC-UAI-8-E1-DB15

73-2942-02

C

A

BC-UAI-4-T1-DB15

73-3059-01

C

A

BC-UAI-4-E1-DB15

73-3060-01

C

A

BC-UAI-4-STM1E

73-3364-02

A

A

IGX-FTM

73-2519-01

M

A

ACM1A

73-2930-03

W

A

BC-6351A-V35

73-213240-00

E

A

BC-6352A-T1

73-213420-00

C

A

BC-6353A-E1

73-213410-00

B

A

BC-6354A-X21

73-214120-00

C

A

IGX-HDM

73-2853-02

H

F

ACM2

73-2922-03

T

A

BC-5082A-V35

73-2450-01

K

A

BC-5083A-RS449

73-204850-00

V

A

BC-5084B-RS232

73-2723-01

W

A

IGX-LDM

73-207250-00

K

A

BC-5286A-RS232

73-207180-01

L

A

BC-5287A-RS232

73-207180-00

L

A

IGX-CVM-DSOA

73-3002-02

D

A

IGX-CVM-T1EC

73-3003-03

E

A

IGX-CVM-E1EC

73-209660-00

H

A

BC-6271A-T1

73-207380-00

M

A

BC-6171A-E1

73-207370-01

P

A

BC-550100-J1

73-210820-00

C

A

IGX-FRM

73-2517-03

N

A

IGX-FRM-31

73-2517-03

N

A

IGX-FRM-2

73-2519-01

M

A

BC-6251B-V35

73-3253-01

M

A

BC-6254A-X21

73-211440-00

H

A

BC-6355A-X21

73-214120-01

C

A

IGX-UFM-4C

73-2531-05

N

A

IGX-UFM-8C

73-2531-05

N

A

BC-UFI-8T1-DB15

73-2444-02

D

A

BC-UFI-8E1-DB15

73-2445-02

D

A

BC-UFI-8E1-BNC

73-2449-02

D

A

IGX-UFM-U

73-2349-04

D

A

BC-UFI-12V35

73-2711-01

D

A

BC-UFI-12X21

73-2712-01

D

A

BC-UFI-4HSSI

73-2693-01

C

A

IGX-UVM

73-2361-04

K

A

BC-UVI-2E1EC

73-2420-01

B

A

BC-UVI-2T1EC

73-2373-01

C

A

BC-UVI-2J1EC

73-2374-01

A

A

Known Anomalies

The following is the list of known anomalies in this Switch Software delivery. Included with each is a brief discussion of the problem. A more in depth discussion is available in the release note enclosure of the problem record in Bug Navigator

Bug ID Description

CSCdk04032

Symptom:

UVM connections do not show slot number in the event log, and show the incorrect channel number if the connection terminates on the second line.

Conditions:

The defect will be observed for any event log entry for a connection terminated on a UVM card. The format of the connection in the event log is displayed as slot.channel, rather than slot.line.channel. The channel displayed is the internal database channel (plus one for display). It is correct, but is not the format expected by the user.

Workaround:

The channel displayed is the actual channel used for the connection, plus one. The UVM has 31 channels for each line. Thus subtract 31 from the channel displayed in the event log for any connection terminating on line 2 of a UVM to get the expected channel for line 2.

Example:

Events for connection: Will be displayed as:
slot.line.channel slot.(((line - 1) * 31) + channel)
9.1.1 9.1 (same if line 1 is T1 or E1)
9.1.24 9.24 (max if line 1 is T1)
9.1.31 9.31 (max if line 1 is E1)
9.2.1 9.32 (same if line 2 is T1 or E1)
9.2.24 9.55 (max if line 2 is T1)
9.2.31 9.62 (max if line 2 is E1)

CSCdk45354

Symptom:

Equipment connected to HDM reports 'clock error'.

Conditions:

HDM<->UVM data connection.

Workaround:

None

CSCdk48816

Symptom:

There is no UAS alarming. Spec requires that when we have more than 10 consecutive SES then we should enter UAS. Because this is currently not implemented, no UAS alarm is generated in this situation.

Conditions:

This requires that both firmware and switch software fixes to the following bugs must be present to fix this problem.

CSCdk48827 - Firmware bug to fix the thresholds for SES to kick in. This is fixed in firmware image BXMMCB or later images. CSCdk48816 - The software portion of this problem to alarm based on UAS. Without the software fix to this bug, customer cannot upgrade firmware beyond MBY because when we enter UAS, per specification, we stop counting Bip8 ES and SES - as such we will not have alarming on ES as well as no alarming on SES. MBY provides a temporary fix to keep the ES alarming on by raising this threshold.

Workaround:

Work around is to continue to use MBY which will prevent SES alarming to kick in. The side effect is that this will prevent the customer from using the features introduced in the MC firmware.

CSCdk53502

Symptom:

ASI-T3 or ASI-E3 cards using T3-3 or E3-3 backcards show lines as Clear-OK when the line actually should show LOS. (No loopback or other line attached)

Workaround:

Use cnfbkcd to change the backcard to a T3-2 or E3-2 and the line will show LOS status correctly.

CSCdk55887

Symptom:

dspport command is not available to level 6 user ids.

Conditions:

After upgrade from 7.x software to 8.1+ software.

Workaround:

Increase user privilege.

Further Problem Description:

The privileged level of the dspport command was changed in release 8.1 to level 2 from level 6.

This difference was first noticed by offsite user after upgrade from 7.4 to 8.5.05.

User who running 8.x.x software hasn't noticed this difference until opening of this problem.

CSCdk80347

Symptom:

NPM 2 restarted due to a Watchdog Timeout

Conditions:

Happens when you run resetsys command to reset all the cards (except the active NPM card) on an IGX node with lot of active connections. When the standby NPM comes up, the event log mentions that:

"NPM 2 Restarted due to a Watchdog Timeout" where 2 refers to the slot number of the standby NPM card.

Workaround:

This does not affect any functionality except for the above log. Instead of running the resetsys command, individually reset the cards using resetcd command.

CSCdm10213

Symptom:

After upgrading from to 9.1 or a switchcc in 9.1, there is some connection database corruption. You can dspcon on one end but dspcon on the other end shows the connection does not exist. dspchstats on one end ok but the other end shows the connection does not exist.

Cards previously without connections, may have new connections.

Conditions:

The active CC has conns to a remote node. After a switchcc extra connections appear. These connections appear on a slot which matches to remote node's slot number.

There is an extra logical endpoint for the connection. dcct of the connection shows the OE LCN non-zero, even though the connection actually terminates on another node. The OE LCN field should be set to a non-zero value only for dax conns.

This is a side affect of CSCdk06460 where the LCN and OE LCN fields are not initialized during an addcon.

CSCdm20593

Symptom:

A request to block ATFR connections between UXM endpoints.

Workaround:

None

CSCdm22241

Symptom:

Using the 'dspchstats' on a BXM there are missing value's

Condition:

During 9.1.08 system software testing the lab personnel discovered that the BXM statistics usually recorded in an enhancement in switch software 8.4.09 has been removed.

Workaround:

None

CSCdm24020

Symptoms:

1.) A hitless rebuild was done on a slave node while the master rerouting some connections.

2.) There is a remote chance that, when the rebuild occurs slave has not finished routing on its side. The connections remain as derouted on the slave side but are routed on the master.

Conditions:

1.) Rebuild the slave when connections are being routed from the master side.

Workaround:

1.) The command rrtcon will fix it.

CSCdm50600

Symptom:

Zero length frames sent from NPM.

Condition:

The UXM is configured as feeder trunk from SES shelf through OC3 line. System reports 103 software error every hour causing

UXM card resets, with and without passing traffic.

Workaround:

None

CSCdm60702

Symptom:

When a bus error occurs on a node, and a rebuild results, other nodes in the network will see the rebuilding node in the degraded state. This shows up as "UNDeg" in the dspnds screen. A log message will also appear on these other nodes indicating that the rebuilding node went unreachable due to degradation. The unreachability will recover automatically.

Conditions:

Only occurs if a node rebuilds due to a bus error, and degraded mode is enabled in cnfnodeparm. Will not occur if a node switches processors due to a bus error.

Workaround:

None. No adverse effects.

CSCdm60707

Symptom:

It takes longer than expected to clear unreachability with a node that has rebuilt due to a bus error. Other nodes in the network will declare the node unreachable due to degradation ("UNDeg"). The unreachability will eventually clear automatically.

Conditions:

Only occurs if a node rebuilds due to a bus error, and if degraded mode is enabled in cnfnodeparm on that node.

Workaround:

None needed. Problem clears automatically.

CSCdm79453

Symptom:

Software error 75 was logged.

Condition:

Full rebuild was done on the node.

Workaround:

None

CSCdm87788

Symptom:

The BXM-T3 line is configured to be in the Direct-mapping (HEC) mode and the CAC override is Disable at the port. When attempting to add a single connection to a BXM-T3 line with a PCR=104268cps, the system rejects and return an error "CAC override disabled on port". This indicates that the request will over subscribe on the line but in fact it is NOT

Conditions:

CAC override is Disabled. BXM-T3 line is set for Direct-mapping (HEC). Attempt to add connection with PCR=104268.

Workaround:

Set CAC override to Enable

CSCdp08741

Symptom:

Switch software returns firmware image does not match card type when burning UVM firmware in 9.2

Condition:

burnfwrev fails for model A UVM in 9.2 software with returning message: 'FW does not match card type'

Workaround:

Do not use model A firmware for UVMs

CSCdp09854

Symptom:

Using SNMP GET to read the PVC MAX BW for a trunk interface, in rsrcPartiTable returns an invalid value of 0.

Condition:

Performing SNMP get on an entry in the rsrcPartiTable in the switch MIB.

Workaround:

There is no workaround for this problem, but the user can use the CLI command dsprsrc to display the PVC MAX BW for a trunk interface.

CSCdp22655

Symptom:

tstdelay fails

Condition:

tstdelay on a remote looped connection (through addrmtlp), it fails.

Workaround:

do dncon and upcon on the looped connection

CSCdp25034

Symptom:

From the point of view of some nodes, a node or nodes get removed from the network. To correct the topology, nodes must be deleted and readded to the network.

Conditions:

Although the conditions that cause this problem have never been precisely nailed down, it is believed that this occurs when there is heavy network communication going on. External events like trunk outages or node failures can cause the kind of traffic that can lead to this problem. In addition, there must be communication with Cisco Wan Manager as well.

Workaround:

Possible workarounds include:

1. Reduce the number of CWM stations attached to the network.

2. Monitor closely problems that can cause network messaging and eliminate them as quickly as possible.

3. Reduce other parameters that can lead to heavy network messaging, e.g. statistics collection.

CSCdp28704

Symptom:

Possible bad VC poll rates when statistics are polled from CWM.

Conditions:

Any state

Workaround:

None

CSCdp28999

Symptom:

Potentially one SNMP SET operation to modify variables in might be partially completed.

Condition:

If one SNMP SET operation tries to modify atmPortType, atmPortVcShaping with other variables in atmPortTable and the SET is failed due to the switch's internal problem, some parameters might be set with the new values.

Workaround

Do 3 separated SETs: one for atmPortType, one for atmPortVcShaping and one for other variables.

CSCdp32245

Symptom:

BXM Performance monitoring as defined in numerous requirements of Bellcore 253 Section 6.2.2 has not been implemented.

Workaround:

None

CSCdp32422

Symptom:

Addlnlocrmtlp does not loop traffic properly for APS 1+1 when traffic is shunted between Backcards.

Conditions:

Traffic is not looped back and instead transferred through to the opposite end when active front card is not the same as the back card.

Workaround:

None

CSCdp32490

Symptom:

Secondary CC transitions from UPGRADED to STANDBY after its backcard was pulled and then reinserted.

Conditions:

Customer must be upgrading their software and at the point where the primary controller card (CC) is in the active state and running the old software revision and the secondary CC has reached the UPGRADED state while running the new software revision.

At this point if the following steps are done:

1) Remove the secondary CC's back card

2) Remove the primary CC's back card

3) Reinsert the primary CC's back card

4) Reinsert the secondary CC's back card

The primary CC's comes back as active, as desired, however the secondary CC comes back as STANDBY rather than UPGRADED.

NOTE: other combination of CC back card removal may result in the same effect.

Workaround:

In order to get the secondary CC back into the UPGRADED state, it must be reset by using the resetcd command, or by physically pulling and reinserting the secondary CC's front card.

Impact:

When the secondary CC is STANDBY rather than UPGRADED, the upgrade process is in an unknown state, and upgrades on this node are at risk.

The secondary CC's state of UPGRADED protects the node from spontaneously upgrading to the new release due to a primary CC failure, when the secondary card is running the new revision and in the STANDBY mode, this protection is no longer there.

CSCdp33870

Symptom:

Addlnloclp does not work properly when switchapsln is initiated from far end. (APS 1+1 AnnexB)

Conditions:

Addlnloclp is executed on far end and a switchover occurs. However, one end believes it is on the protect line and the other end is on the working line.

Workaround:

Do not execute addlnloclp when far end is in loop.

CSCdp34188

Symptoms:

Loss of continuity

Conditions:

BXM-UXM feeder which then routes over BNI trunks.

Workaround:

None

CSCdp34687

Symptom:

Comm Break every 5 seconds on a BPX running 9.2.22 without any apparent reasons. nwstats on the destination node shows growing number of Bad Coerce Bits.

Conditions:

Race condition

Workaround:

Issue the command nwtst <dest node> 2 1on the node experiencing the Comm Break. <dest node> is the node it is in Comm Break.

CSCdp34846

Symptom:

6 software errors 3017 were logged during the graceful upgrade from 9.2.3L to 9.2.3M.

Condition:

The software error 3017 seem to happen only on one particular igx feeder node, we have not seen any other IGX node or BPX node having the same software error.

Workaround:

None.

CSCdp37938

Symptom:

Two software errors 532 were logged on one bpx node in the system test network during the upgrade from 9.2.3M to 9.2.3P.

Condition:

This software error 532 happened only on one of the bpx node in the system test network during the software upgrade.

Workaround:

None

.

Problems Fixed in Release 9.2.30

The following is the list of fixed anomalies in the 9.2.30 Switch Software delivery. Included with each is a brief discussion of the problem.

Bug ID Description

CSCdk36040

Symptom:

The FRP front card type is reported in trap 20004 (cardAlarm) when the back card is pulled.

Workaround:

After receiving this trap, do a dspcds to see which card is missing.

CSCdk53336

Symptom:

tstdelay always reports 0 ms.

Conditions:

When the connection is on the port two.

Workaround:

None

Further Problem Description:

When the tstdelay is executed on the connections added on the port two tstdelay reports 0ms

CSCdk87939

Symptom:

dspchcnf displays ECNQ Threshold as a byte value rather than a percentage.

Workaround:

Compute the percentage by dividing the displayed value for ECNQ Threshold by the VCQ depth times 48 (to convert the VCQ depth from cells to bytes).

CSCdm05502

Symptom:

Parm 8 and parm 9 for echo convergence time and double talk detection should be made user configurable to be in sync with UVM FW change.

Conditions:

Command Line Interface change.

Workaround:

None

CSCdm19532

Symptom:

ABIT alarm is not propagated through network after changing from NNI to UNI port.

Conditions:

Changing the port from a NNI to a UNI and connected a router to the UNI port with LMI talking which clears the Failed condition but does not propagate the abit status across the network.

Workaround:

The workaround for the customer is to use UNI and turn LMI off to mask any alarms and then turn it back on.

CSCdm24140

Symptom:

After deleting a connection there is a delay in the response of low level tasks, such as the user interface.

Conditions:

IGX with software release 9.1 (may also apply to other platforms and SW releases). Platform may have few objects (connections, ports, lines, and trunks), but has many statistics enabled for each object. After the deletion of the connection dspqs will show a very high "Trns Exchange" interval (greater than 500ms) with "Obj,Evt,Old,New" "80 F1 PROCESSING IDLE". The thstats will also show high "TotMsecs" for "SM#" 80.

Workaround:

1. Reduce the number of statistics enabled for each object. Only statistics that are needed should be enabled. The TFTP statistics enable file should not have statistics for objects which are not on the switch (such as FastPad if FastPad is not used).

2. Use dlcon and dvc to determine if they have a sparse distribution. A sparse population may be created if there are a lot of VC additions and deletions (VCs are not very permanent). With a sparse distribution the delay can be decreased by using cnfnodeparm to decrease the "Stat Config Proc Cnt" from 1000 to 2. The default value is optimal for a homogenous densely populated connection database (a lot of ATM PVCs), but does not work well with a heterogeneous sparsely populated database.

The trade off of the parameter change is that the overall time to enable all statistics on all objects will be greater when statistics are first enabled. Once all statistics are enabled for existing statistics objects, the time to enable statistics for a new statistics object (such as a connection) will not change. If the connection composition on a node becomes larger and/or more homogenous the parameter may need to be changed to optimize performance.

CSCdm31990

Symptom:

E1 CCS or T1 line conditioning was not preserved across a Y-redundant switchover.

Condition:

Establish conditioned E1 or T1 connections on a card configured for Y-redundancy. If the primary card fails, the conditioning will not be retained.

Workaround:

None

CSCdm42254

Symptom:

When a user ID is deleted from the user database, subsequent users are shifted and use of the same privilege level as the immediately following user.

Conditions:

Network of 9.1.09 where issue was discovered. Lab network at 9.1.09, 9.1.10, and 9.2.00 with problem.

Workaround:

In order to prevent the shifting, a dummy user ID needs to be created any time an existing user ID is deleted. The dummy ID will fill the spot vacated by the deleted user ID and user IDs below the deletion will shift back to their normal positions.

CSCdm53182

Symptom:

Two 'Error 923' log entries added to the software error log after entering the dsptrkred command. The data field of the error is 00000000.

Conditions:

dsptrkred command entered on IGX.

Workaround:

The error is a warning that an invalid logical trunk number of 0 was passed to a routine to get the trunk information. In some cases this may indicate a database inconsistency, but in this case it indicates a software loop index that starts with 0 rather than 1.

The error can be ignored, but the software error log should be cleared after using the dsptrkred command to prevent the log from filling up with 923 errors, which may prevent the recording of important software errors necessary to diagnose more significant problems.

CSCdm65380

Symptom:

The VCIs used for physical trunks would start at 4096, which would not allow a user to trunk through a cloud which limits the VCI field to 12 bits (4095).

Impact:

Inability to use wraparound trunks over certain clouds.

Workaround:

None

CSCdm72719

Symptom:

Unable to add BNI VT

Condition:

BNI VT connected to an ASI cloud port, No shift.

Workaround:

down the trunk, up some dummy trunks, and try to add the trunk again.

CSCdm74224

Symptom:

Following warning message comes when we do cnfport for a newly upped port. "VSI configuration active on card. Cannot modify ESP parameters"

Conditions:

Running 9.2.10 When we have VSI enabled on BXM ports and we do cnfport on a newly upped port.

Workaround:

This is just a warning message. 'cnfport' does pass successfully. The message comes just to let user know that since VSI is enabled on that card, ESP parameters will not be available for modification.

CSCdm85764

Symptom:

Software Error 2051 is logged every hour when the switch is writing to the TFTP Statistics File.

Conditions:

The problem may be seen on IPX or BPX nodes collecting physical line statistics.

Workaround:

The problem is caused by a TFTP file overhead calculation which fails under certain boundary conditions. Workarounds are as follows:

- Disable collection of physical line statistics

- Enable or disable individual statistics to avoid file overhead calculation boundary condition.

- Enable or disable statistics objects to avoid file overhead calculation boundary condition.

Further Problem Description:

When the overhead was calculated for the TFTP file, the physical line object subtype counts were not included in the calculation. As a result, slightly more file memory could be required than allocated for the file. Under certain boundary conditions, the file size was exceeded, resulting in the logging of the 2051 error.

CSCdm85783

Symptom:

6 ATFR connections were deleted after rebuild due to LCON database corruption. software errors 614/612 were logged.

Condition:

This happened during a full rebuild.

Workaround:

None

CSCdm86633

Symptom:

Poor voice quality (garbled or no voice) for VNS connections may be intermittently observed.

Conditions:

The VNS call (SVC on the IGX system) is terminated/deleted when the slave node is in a comm. break state with the master node.

Workaround:

Issue the command updates 3 * from every node in the network (or more precisely, from every node that experienced a combreak with a node that it previously had a SVC connection with).

Further Problem Description:

This problem is tied to comm. break and call termination. If the network is not experiencing comm. break at this time, then there is degradation in service. The degradation is caused by the slave end of the connection not being deleted and subsequently interacting with a later call.

CSCdm88262

Symptom:

Able to add FRM/UFM - UXM dax connections (ATFR/ATFST) with PCR < 50 cps or MIR < 19.2 kbps with policing=ON.

Condition:

Currently, UXM has the policing limit of 50 cps. The policing behavior is unpredictable if the MIR/PCR < 50 cps. CLI should block this type of connections. But it is not blocking currently.

Workaround:

Add the dax connection from UXM side - FRP/UFM side. In this case, CLI checks for the PCR and policing value. It allows to go below 50 cps up to cps with policing = OFF only. Otherwise, it blocks the connection.

CSCdm91238

Symptom:

Software error 2003 was logged.

Condition:

snmpget command was given, with multiple objects of atmPortStatTable, where at least one of the objects belonged to invalid statistics.

Workaround:

Do not give snmpget command (with multiple objects) for invalid statistics. If all the objects specified in the snmpget command are valid then it should not be a problem.

CSCdm91631

Symptom:

Some of the 1000 new bandwidth parms might look used after ungraceful upgrade from 9.1.

Condition:

This only happens when the fields in BRAM stored after the BW Parms are used (there are more then 72 ports or lines on the node).

Workaround:

If this problem should occur, clear the memory of

BW parms 3000 to 3999 using patch memory.

CSCdm92021

Symptom:

Parity error may be logged unnecessarily if UXM is in test mode or debug mode. The checking of this condition was not valid.

Conditions:

When UXM is in test mode or debug mode we would ignore the parity error. But the checking

of this condition was using the wrong index so this checking may not be valid.

Workaround:

None

CSCdm92790

Symptom:

Voice and NTS traffic from IGX serviced in BXM VBR Q

Conditions:

Routing node is BPX and we have connection carrying Voice and NTS traffic from IGX.

Workaround:

None

CSCdm93670

Symptom:

Cannot configure 2 OC3 trunk has 7K PVCs

Conditions:

Already added BXM trunk and other end PVC lcn available value is lower than what we trying to configure.

Workaround:

Issue "cnfrsrc" at the remote end and verify how many PVC lcns available. Configure up to that many PVC lcns on the local node.

CSCdm93701

Symptom:

PVC shows inconsistent prefer route information.

Conditions:

Preferred route was being changed while the connection was being rerouted (race condition).

Workaround:

Reconfigure preferred route again.

CSCdm94587

Symptom:

Software errors 532 and 923 logged

Conditions:

Run deltrk on a downed card

Workaround:

No impact on the system

CSCdp00060

Symptom:

Software error 526 got logged.

Condition:

Command cnftrk was given for a virtual trunk number greater than 9, where the port number of the trunk was also greater than 9.

Workaround:

None. The software error is completely harmless.

CSCdp01511

Symptom:

Software allows addition of FRM - FRM 2 seg. conn with the routing conn. with type cbr, which shouldn't be.

Condition:

Upon addition of the connection from BTM end / software allows addition of ATM connection type even though the remote card may be FRM.

Workaround:

None

CSCdp02203

Symptom:

addcon from 3 seg connection (FR-FR connection) using CWM fails, saying that the minimum default value for SCR is 7.

Conditions:

Whenever we have BTM as a feeder trunk for 3 seg connection.

Workaround:

Choose SCR/MCR/PCR value greater than or equal to 10 for this type of connection.

CSCdp03317

Symptom:

Trunks remains in VT Path fail alarm state.

Conditions:

Usually when ILMI has just been enabled on a cloud port, or UXM VT is left up for some time without being added. Problem should be sporadic.

Workaround:

For the cloud problem down and up the VPC con. For the UXM VT poll issue, path the port field to zero (patch memory)

CSCdp04213

Symptom:

Software error 3025 gets logged.

Condition:

SNMP command walk was given for atmPortStatLmiStatAckRxs.

Workaround:

None. The errors however are harmless.

CSCdp05149

Symptom:

During hitless rebuild you may see software error 1mil 2 (write Protect error - meaning an attempt has been made to write on a write protect region/variable).

Condition:

It mainly happens during network flooding test, when a debug code kicks in. There was a bug in that code which tries to write to a static (WRITE Protect) variable, thus throwing off software error 1mil2.

Workaround:

None

CSCdp06823

Symptom:

After switchcc the user ran tstconseg, the node reported software error 9082.

Condition:

Soon after switchcc, when the card is not yet up or the channels are yet to be programmed, if we issue tstconseg, we see a software error 9082.

Workaround.

Wait for the card to be fully programmed before running tstconseg.

CSCdp08636

Symptom:

With BXM trunk connected to a feeder, dsptrks shows the feeder name as the node name itself. The CWM topology may not show the feeder and the node anymore.

Conditions:

This happens when LMI on the feeder trunk is configured to be on the BXM and a software or physical loopback is added.

Workaround:

Do not add loopback on the feeder trunk with LMI configured to be on the BXM. To test with loopback, have LMI on BCC instead.

CSCdp11851

Symptom:

After node rebuild in a large network high CPU utilization for Transaction Handler, nwstats shows many received A0 messages, thstats shows CMUP state machine (31) is very busy.

Condition:

Node has many thousand connections

Workaround:

Turn off Reroute state machine to finish CM update processing first.

CSCdp12024

Symptom:

BXM trunk/line alarms different on BPX/IGX and CWM

Conditions:

The alarm go through a gateway that has a different release (9.1 vs. 9.2)

Workaround:

None. The alarms shown on BPX/IGX are correct. It's better to upgrade gateway to 9.2 first.

CSCdp12505

It would be useful to have additional memory in the Hitless Region. Some is available in the Pool Region, that can be moved.

CSCdp14002

Symptom:

Trunk failure/repairs cause Comm Break clearing algorithm to go back to retry closest nodes with no guarantee that distant nodes will ever be cleared.

Condition:

Rebuild of node, trunks going in and out of failure.

Workaround:

Cause those trunks to be permanently failed.

CSCdp15671

Symptom:

Software error 105 logged.

Condition:

This may happen when a DC power supply is used and cnfbus is done.

Workaround:

Do not do cnfbus when a DC power supply is used.

Additional Information:

This software error 105 is not a harmful one. This is logged when the power supply module on the SCM is not able to process messages fast enough. Though this error is logged, the cycle to get the status from the PSM recovers and continues to work.

CSCdp15712

Symptom:

Unable to add connections from a BXM feeder endpoint with VCI greater than 255. Even with the feeder trunk configured with UNI, VPI greater than 255 possible.

Condition:

This happens when adding connections from an IGX feeder using a BXM feeder trunk.

Workaround:

None

CSCdp16760

Symptom:

Software errors 3033 and 532 seen on BPX 9.2.22 release

Conditions:

Unknown - probably a race condition that causes a connection to be deleted for two different reasons.

Workaround:

None

CSCdp16891

Symptom:

Software error 532 seen on BPX 9.2.22 release on standby BCC

Conditions:

Possibly during switchcc/rebuild.

Workaround:

None. These software errors are not harmful, if they happen on STBY during above conditions.

CSCdp17303

Symptom:

Lines do not show up on certain BXM-E3/T3 cards in CWM 9.2.06M.SOL

Conditions:

Has to be BXM- E3/T3 cards and have lines and trunks upped.

Workaround:

None

CSCdp17741

Symptom:

2-portgroup card reports 1 port group at the channel stats level 2 and 3.

Condition:

When channel stats level 2 or 3 are configured on BXM-622-2 port and BXM-155 reports only one port group.

Workaround:

Auto Route connections are not affected by this. But for VSI connections there is no work around.

CSCdp18093

Symptom:

Continuous PRI Loss Clock messages appear in log when primary clock source defined as a trunk with a VT on it.

Conditions:

UXM card with vtrk on IMA backcard (like T1 backcard) and 9.2 swsw release.

Workaround:

Do not configure vtrk as primary clock source for UXM with IMA card like T1/E1. Use other trunks.

CSCdp18160

Symptom:

False NNI failure shown on UXM port connection.

Conditions:

The end point that has the false failure is on this end of a daxcon and has no protocol configured on the port. The other end is on different port of the same card and has a valid NNI failure. Controller card is reset and the other end's NNI status changed. If the connection is deleted and a new connection is added and the lcn # of the old end point is reused, the new end point will inherit the failure.

Workaround:

Delete the connection and add it back with the false failure end point on the other end.

CSCdp20894

Symptom:

addlnloclp/dellnlp causes trunk stays in alarms.

Conditions:

BXM yred pair which is active. Switch software 9.2.22 (or earlier 9.2 releases).

Workaround:

Never issue addlnloclp/dellnloclp (actually dellnlp causes this problem) for BXM yred pair, trunk or port.

Or else delete yred and then issue commands.

CSCdp20961

Symptom:

5019 software error occurs during loadrev and runrev 9.2.3x

Condition:

Graceful upgrade from 9.2.3E to 9.2.3F. Have trunks and lines up with partitions enabled.

Workaround:

None

CSCdp21688

Symptom:

Secondary BXM card in Y-red Config goes in mismatch when node is upgraded from 9.1 to 9.2.

Condition:

When Y-red card is not in service.

Workaround:

Do resetcd on the card which has gone in mismatch. However, there is no impact on user since the card is not in service.

CSCdp21803

Symptom:

When a trunk is activated, an event log message is sent from the node to the CWM. It is possible that the node name listed in the CWM event log will be incorrect.

Conditions:

This can happen only in a network that has multiple CWM workstations.

Workaround:

None

CSCdp23116

Description:

If an abort occurs during initialization when a node is being upgraded and brought up for the first time, it is possible for continuous hitless rebuilds to occur.

Conditions:

The continuous rebuilds will occur only in the unlikely event that an abort condition occurs during the initialization process, when release 9.2 is being brought up for the first time.

CSCdp23196

Symptom:

Software error 1101 logged.

Condition:

This software error may be logged when repeated switchcc's and power cycles are done on a node. Forced switchcc with the standby just coming up after a forced switchcc and still in update state will lead to this software error.

Workaround:

Do not do forced switchcc or pull out the active processor card with the standby still not in Standby state. This software error doesn't have any serious effects on the system.

CSCdp23410

Symptom:

Comm. break, Comm. fail, inability to add trunk.

Conditions:

VPI configured for 0 on physical UXM trunk.

Workaround:

Do not have VPI configured for 0 on physical UXM trunk.

CSCdp24319

Symptom:

dspcon does not display all parameters of atfst connection on second screen.

Condition:

bw_parm_def bit was set (randomly)

Workaround:

Cnfcon to modify connection, disabling 'Default Ext Parms'.

CSCdp24366

Symptom:

Lots of software errors 532

Condition:

Post upgrade from 9.1 to 9.2

Workaround:

Delete y-redundancy, reset stby card, and re-add redundancy.

CSCdp25420

Symptom:

A line which is already upped can be configured as an ima trunk member.

Conditions:

None

Workaround:

Do not attempt to add lines that are already upped as members when configuring an ima trunk.

CSCdp25685

Symptom:

Software error 1012 gets logged on issuing delshelf of a trunk added as VSI shelf.

Condition:

cnfrsrc to set Maximum PVC LCNs as "Zero"

Workaround:

None:

CSCdp26827

Symptom:

Software Error 9082 gets logged

Condition:

When cnfcon is done using Cisco Wan Manager

Workaround:

cnfcon can be done using cli on the node.

CSCdp27775

Symptom:

Unable to add IGX feeder.

Condition:

This may happen when you try to add a feeder after clrallcnf/clrcnf.

Workaround:

Patch IlmiConnid database to clear any garbage after clrcnf/clrallcnf.

CSCdp30654

Symptoms:

Dspselftst shows no crosspoints tested or fewer than expected crosspoints tested.

Conditions:

BXMs which have ports active (upln /upport activated ports)

Workaround:

Fill the structure which saves background test information with 0, and disable the background test. Or full rebuild.

CSCdp31596

Symptom:

In switch software 9.2.22, it is observed that the FST configuration on an NTM trunk does not appear correctly. This then prevents the proper 'addtrk' functionality and causes errors such as. "Abandoned because traffic classes conflict." or "Abandoned due to trunk parameters conflict" when attempting to add the trunk to a remote end.

Workaround:

None

CSCdp32058

Symptom:

A very heavily loaded node in a large network may get very busy processing CM updates after a full rebuild.

Workaround:

None except for turning off CM routing.

CSCdp32815

Symptom:

It appears that the display is hanging when executing dspvsipartinfo.

Condition:

Running the dspvsipartinfo command.

Workaround:

Press any key except "DEL" and this will print a line at the bottom of the screen "Hit DEL key to quit:" and hence remove the confusion about the display hanging.

CSCdp35713

Symptom:

dspchuse <slot> shows 541 networking channels allocated per port.

Condition:

upgrade, switchcc or hitless rebuild.

Workaround:

If the user needs more channels a patch memory procedure is required after every switchcc to correct the bad counters. If the user does not require the extra channels no action is required, as besides the counters nothing is wrong.

CSCdp39714

Symptom:

After an upgrade, VPC conns don't route.

Condition:

Upgrading from one release of 9.2.2x to another release of 9.2.2x.

Workarounds:

None

Problems Fixed in Release 9.2.23

The following is the list of fixed anomalies in the 9.2.23 Switch Software delivery. Included with each is a brief discussion of the problem.

Bug ID Description

CSCdm64323

Symptom:

SWERR 3005 BAD_BW_DEFAULTS seen on two bpx nodes

Condition:

atfr or atfst connection was created using Cisco Wan Manager or SNMP with the cell-routing restricted property set. During a later re-configuration that restriction was lifted causing the 3005 software error and the change of the connection type to fpvbr.

Workaround:

Delete and re-add connection without cell-routing restriction.

CSCdp25375

Symptom:

Full rebuild after a 1000001 abort

Conditions:

No special conditions - can happen with any marginal control card

Workaround:

None

Problems Fixed in Release 9.2.22

The following is the list of fixed anomalies in the 9.2.22 Switch Software delivery. Included with each is a brief discussion of the problem.

Bug ID Description

CSCdp04046

Symptom:

CMUPDATE state machine uses a lot of CPU time after node rebuild in a large net.

Condition:

Large network and node has many thousand (around 10000) connections spread to many nodes.

Workaround:

Turn off routing state machine to provide more CPU for CMUPDATE state machine.

CSCdp05661

Symptom:

Node does not clear Comm Break with some nodes although it could send messages to them.

Condition:

Node is in Comm Break with several nodes, and some close by (in terms of hop count) nodes go continuously in and out of Comm Break. As a result node never sends a Comm Break test message to nodes farther away.

Workaround:

Clear up the situation of nodes going in and out of Comm Break. Could be a flaky trunk, or nodes are busy with something else. A final resort would be to give the command:

droppkts 100 <originating node> 60

on the nodes going in and out of Comm Break where <originating node> is the name of the node trying to clear Comm Break.

After one wants to attempt again to clear Comm Break with a node type:

droppkts 0 0 0 to undo the previous droppkts command.

CSCdp10383

Symptom:

tftp file for PHYSLINE object stats reports all ports as zero. The port value could be non-zero but garbled up value.

Conditions:

Enable Physline stats and we have multiple physlines (i.e trunks/lines) up on the same card.

Workaround:

None

Problems Fixed in Release 9.2.21

The following is the list of fixed anomalies in the 9.2.21 Switch Software delivery. Included with each is a brief discussion of the problem.

Bug ID Description

CSCdj57458

Symptom:

A user with privilege level SuperUser cannot execute the "dspqs" command. The user has to be of privilege level StrataCom or Service to execute the "dspqs" command.

Conditions:

Ensuring that there are no standby database updates pending is an important step in executing a graceful switchcc. One can determine this fact through the "dspqs" command.

Workaround:

Login with a privilege level higher than SuperUser.

CSCdj79112

Symptom:

Unable to add a PVC on a BXM card at less than 50cps/19.2kbps.

Conditions:

The current BXM has a limit for smallest SCR/CIR, not allowing a PVC to have a SCR/CIR less than 50cps/19.2kbps with policing. The system software was restricting SCR/PIR to no lower than 50 CPS (where 6 CPS could be supported).

This Command: addcon 9.3.44.444 nodename 9.2.44.444 abrfst 40

PCR(0+1) value out of range (local end). Valid range 50 - 96000.

PCR(0+1) [50/50]:

Workaround:

None

Solution:

Platforms: IGX & BPX

If the user entered PCR < 50 cells, switch software CLI checks for the entered policing value. If it is off (Value = 5), then it proceeds further to add the connection. Else, it blocks. This is true for CBR, VBR, ATFR, ABRFST & ATFST connections. In the case of ABRSTD with VSVD disabled, it allows to add connection only in the following cases.

1) PCR >= 50 cps.

2) PCR < 50 cps and the endpoint on a feeder trunk.

For all other cases, it displays the following error message and blocks.

"For ABRTSD with VSVD: OFF connections, PCR should be at least 50 cps"

In all the above cases, if it is not a DAX connection and the remote card is a BXM/UXM interface, then the slave will check if PCR < 50 and policing is off. If not, it sends a cm error message to the master.

The cm message: BAD_PIR_AT_SLV

Note:

In the case of ABRSTD with VSVD=OFF, the slave allows to add the connection if PCR < 50 cps and the endpoint is on a feeder trunk.

CSCdk26279

Symptom:

A user can disable CAC override (atmPortCACOverride) even though the port is oversubscribed.

Conditions:

Add many connections and oversubscribe the port.

Work Around:

None

CSCdk34722

Symptom:

For ABR Queue, cnfportq or cnftrkparm does not allow to set CLP_LO higher in value than CLP_HI.

Condition:

Configuring ABR Queue (BXM/UXM) by using cnfportq for port and cnftrkparm for trunks.

Workaround:

Do not configure CLP_LO higher than the CLP_HI value for ABR queue.

CSCdk75382

Symptom:

Modem upgrade failed due to a immediate downgrade for a non-DAX UVM connection. The failure rate may be as low as 10%, or as high as 95%.

Condition:

This happens randomly and is caused by a race condition.

Workaround:

1. Try again after failure.

2. If the failure rate is very high, try using the Fax Relay feature:

a. Enable fax-relay on the channel or channels with the command cnfchfax.

b. Disable V.25 modem detection on the channels with the command cnfvchparm.

3. Upgrade software to release 9.1.07 or above.

Further Problem Description:

This problem is caused by a race condition in SW. It occurs only about 10% of the modem sessions in the lab. In a customer environment the failure rate has been observed as high as 95%.

CSCdk93423

Symptom:

Extra connection statistics are reported in statistics file, or the Cisco WAN Manager rejects the statistics file indicating that it is corrupted.

Conditions:

This problem will occur when the user has an access device configured that is supporting connection other than the voice connections, and the Cisco Wan Manager's Stats Collection Manager has statistics of the subtypes FastPad Voice, FastPad Switched Voice, FastPad Data, or FastPad Frame Relay enabled.

Work around:

Do not enable statistics for the subtypes listed above when there are access devices other than FastPADs configured in the network.

CSCdm06156

Symptom:

If a software loop is added to a BNI trunk by "addlnlocrntlp" command. The software loop will become ineffective after a node rebuild or the BNI card is reseated. If a sim-fdr is added on a software looped BNI trunk. The sim-fdr will become unreachable.

Conditions:

(1) A BNI trunk is upped and added a software loop by "addlnlocrmtlp"

(2) Either node is rebuild or BNI card reset.

Workaround:

Delete the previous added software loop and re-add the software line loop on the BNI trunk.

CSCdm19696

Symptom:

The cnfport command is not allowed on BME card ports. This command is used to change the "Shift" and "CAC Override" defaults for the port. Although this was not a part of the original design, a valid reason has been presented to allow configuration of these two fields.

Conditions:

No special conditions. If the command "cnfport" is executed on a BME card ports, the message "BME ports are not configurable" will appear on the user interface screen and changes will not be allowed.

Workaround:

None. The cnfport command will be unblocked for BME ports when this software change is integrated. It is recommended that only the "Shift" and "CAC Override" fields be modified (if desired) and to leave all other values at their default.

Defaults:

Port: 6.1 [ACTIVE]

Interface: E3-2 CAC Override: Enabled

Type: UNI %Util Use: Disabled

Speed: 80000 (cps) Vc Shaping: Disabled

Shift: SHIFT ON HCF (Normal Operation)

SIG Queue Depth: 640 Port Load: 0 %

Protocol: NONE

SVC Channels: 0

SVC VPI Min: 0

SVC VPI Max: 0

SVC Bandwidth: 0 (cps)

CSCdm36041

Symptom:

When a backcard to an active BCC is removed or inserted, no entry is logged into the event log. When the backcard to a standby BCC is removed or inserted, an entry is logged into the event log.

Workaround:

None

CSCdm38356

Symptom:

ALM/A VPC connections discard 100% of traffic when routed over ALM/B trunks after a SWSW upgrade from 8.2.59 to 9.1.09.

Conditions:

ALM/A VPC connections routed over ALM/B trunks; 9.1.09 and higher software.

Workaround:

Route ALM/A VPC connections over NTM or UXM trunks

CSCdm40129

Symptom:

Occasional cards "Suspected of Failure"

Condition:

BXM physical routing trunks

Workaround:

None

CSCdm46335

Symptom:

Executing the following commands one after the other causes software error 9091

1) resetcd both cards of a yred pair.

2) As soon as they come up OK in dspcds, add a conn.

3) As soon as the conn shows OK, perform tstdelay.

Conditions:

This software error occurs when we execute tstdelay soon after we add a conn, after noticing in dspcons that the status is OK.

It is to be noted that dspcons only displays if the route for that conn is established. The programming of the conn takes a little more longer.

Workaround:

Not to execute the tstdelay soon after adding the connection but to wait a couple of minutes. Especially this long if there are a lot of connections in the node for which the cards may take a little longer to program the conns.

CSCdm46537

Symptom:

Addcon is being allowed to oversubscribe the receive bandwidth of the port.

Condition:

Addcon command was given on a port with CAC override disabled.

Workaround:

Manually calculate the available receive bandwidth of the port before adding/configuring a connection.

CSCdm47933

Symptom:

When you do dspnds -d, the columns wrap and the display is a mess. You have to do a clrscrn to get rid of all the junk before you can display anything else correctly. The problem is that prior to 9.1, the command displayed the node name followed by IPX, IGX, or BPX. Now, the command displays the node name followed by the longer part number (84xx or 86xx).

Conditions:

Normal operation

Workaround:

None

CSCdm51607

Symptom:

Printer output not properly formatted in 9.1.09. Headers not printed properly for every print operation.

Conditions:

Issuing any print command.

Workaround:

None

CSCdm52681

Symptom:

switchyred causes data transfer stops for 1 to 4 min.

Condition:

The secondary should be active before the rebuild. The data transfer stops/tstdelay fails for 1-4 min. after switchyred. dspchstats shows no data can be received from bpx node, dspcon shows route is OK and no alarm at all.

Workaround:

Issue switchyred such that primary card is active before rebuild.

CSCdm58441

Symptom:

Software error 55 logged.

Conditions:

Run dcdrtbl command on an active UXM card

Workaround:

None. This command does not apply to UXM card.

CSCdm58804

Symptom:

software error 8096 is logged

Condition:

It is not yet clear but possibly when we have trunks or ports on a BXM card and either BXM gets reset or BCC switchcc/rebuild happens.

Workaround:

None

Note: This bug does not cause any harm. 8096 is STAT_UNEXPECTED_VAL. Basically, this is logged when we do not have statistics block available. This error may be ignored, if we are in the middle of condition mentioned above.

CSCdm60541

Symptom:

Software error 919 was logged.

Condition:

Jobs were running on the node, to reset the card (for which the error was logged) periodically.

Workaround:

None

CSCdm61885

Symptom:

On burnfwrev, dspcds shows UXM card as active when it is getting programmed.

Condition:

On burning a UXM card through CBUS, dspcds displays card as still active.

Workaround:

Check dspfwrev whenever burning f/w to be certain that card is getting programmed.

CSCdm62078

Symptom:

Software error 986 on configuring a virtual trunk.

Condition:

The following sequence can lead to the software error.

- Upport 6.1 on a UXM and enable ilmi
- Upport 6.2 and enable ilmi.
- Dnport 6.1
- Change the protocol from ilmi to lmi on port 6.2
- Uptrk 6.1.1 and configure

Also if you delete a feeder trunk and up and configure a virtual trunk you may find this problem.

Workaround:

None

Additional Information:

The software error 986 logged in this case doesn't have any harmful effects.

CSCdm63072

Symptom:

Software error 31 and software error 52 (software watchdog abort) logged.

Conditions:

Command addlocrmtlp causes the remote node to abort when the remote end of the connection is a BPX feeder and the connection is a VPC. The local end of the connection may be a BXM or ASI port. The problem only occurs when command addlocrmtlp is initiated from a BPX, for example, an UXM to BPX feeder VPC connection will not trigger the problem in a mixed network.

Workaround:

1. Use VCC connections for troubleshooting when possible

2. Make sure a stand by BCC in STANDBY state is available on the remote node as an abort/switchover will occur.

CSCdm63583

Symptom:

dspcons -fabit sometimes shows Abit status as Unused.

Conditions:

It happens sporadically.

Workaround:

None

CSCdm64034

Symptom:

hitless database will not get updated even node has done hitless rebuild due to an abort.

Conditions:

Cause an abort and do dsphitless. Current hitless rebuild count shows 0.

Workaround:

None

CSCdm64066

Symptom:

tstdelay command given for an ATM connection, reports with the message "State Table Hung".

Condition:

Test was getting aborted due to some card failure events reported for that card.

Workaround:

None. Interpret the message "State Table Hung" as "Test delay aborted".

CSCdm64811

Symptom:

switchyred causes LOS for 10 secs.

Condition:

I cause LOS on the protection line. The working is active and the last user request= W->P. When I do a switchyred 11 on BPX node, the active working line experienced LOS for about 10 sec.

Workaround:

None

CSCdm65813

Symptom:

APS: switch back to working line incorrectly.

Conditions:

1) switchapsln 11.8 5 (-> switch from W->P)
2) switchapsln 11.8 6 (-> switch from P->W)
3) switchapsln 11.8 5 (-> will not switch. Last user request shows manual W->P)PS
4) Disconnect RX of 11.8 (-> switch to the Protection line due to LOS on the working line)
5) Reconnect RX of 11.8 (-> switch back to the working line). The problem is why does it switch back to the working line after LOS is clear on

Workaround:

None

CSCdm68729

Symptom:

AIS cell generated even when remotely looped connection was in OK state

Conditions:

addrmtlp on a failed routed connection, failed because of LOS on the remote-end line connection on this-end, non LOS end from where addrmtlp is executed, get into OK state but still it generates AIS cells

Workaround:

Execute addlnlocrmtlp on LOS-end before addrmtlp

CSCdm70167

Symptom:

Software errors 900 or 1427 were observed in the network.

Condition:

Node sending messages to Cisco Wan Manager timed out on the application level, while network handler was still sending the message.

Workaround:

None

CSCdm71616

Symptom:

On trying to delete members in an IMA trunk, you get a message saying "Cannot reduce trunk xmt rate by cps to delete members". You get this message even when the remaining members have enough bandwidth to support the transmit rate configured for the trunk (In case of IMA Virtual trunks, sum of transmit rates configured for all the virtual trunks). You might also get the message "Cannot reduce trunk xmt rate below min. rcv rate (cps) to delete members".

Condition:

You get the first message when members in an IMA trunk are deleted with the trunks transmit rate less than the bandwidth of the members being deleted. You get the second message when the transmit rate is more than the bandwidth of the members being deleted, but transmit rate minus bandwidth of members being deleted is less than the statistical reserve.

Workaround:

First increase the transmit rate of the trunk to be such that even if you reduce the bandwidth of the members being deleted from it, you still have more bandwidth than the statistical reserve. Now delete the member(s).

CSCdm73852

Symptom:

dspcds does not show up as mismatch for the BXM card

Condition:

When active VSI supported BXM is replaced by the BXM card which does not support VSI.

Workaround:

None

CSCdm74630

Symptom:

Software error 1415 is logged on a Standby.

Conditions:

Standby gets an update to delete a trunk that is already deleted.

Workaround:

None

Further description:

The software error does not indicate a problem, as after the software error is logged both the Standby and Active are in sync regarding this trunk.

CSCdm76753

Symptom:

Prompt string for trunk various load type string overflows screen.

Condition:

By giving improper trunk traffic class on BPX trunk.

Workaround:

None

CSCdm76881

Symptom:

addyred fails for the active BXM card in 9.2.

Conditions:

When a node with 8.4.21 image, which has active BXM card, is upgraded to 9.2 then addred is not possible for this BXM card.

Workaround:

None

CSCdm77070

Symptom:

1) Even when there is a VPC conn on an ALM-A card, the line mode is allowed to be changed to VCC.

2) Even when there is a VPC conn (non -dax) on an ALM-A card, the user is allowed to add a VCC conn with the same VPI

Condition:

The connection should be non dax connection.

Workaround:

None

CSCdm77509

Symptom:

AXIS feeder may be shown as MXG feeder.

Condition:

This could happen after a node rebuild/processor switchover.

Workaround:

Delete the shelf and add it back again. Another option is to patch the Fdr_Info database for the affected feeder with the correct revision number.

Additional information:

There is a very small possibility that this issue can happen during an upgrade from 9.1 or 9.2 releases before 9.2.21. This should not affect user traffic though the feeder might become unreachable. This can be fixed by the options mentioned in the workaround. For upgrades from 9.2.21 or later, this issue will not happen again.

CSCdm80991

Symptom:

Unable to add 3 segment conns using CM GUI

Conditions:

When we have feeder connected to BXM card of BPX routing node and for, BXM trunk configuration: ILMI/LMI protocol is enabled as CARD based.

Workaround:

Before adding Feeder shelf to BXM trunk, configure BXM trunk (cnftrk command) with "Protocol by the Card" as NO and then, add shelf.

If you want card based ILMI/LMI, run cnftrk again to reconfigure option.

If you have already added shelf to BXM trunk and ILMI/LMI protocol is card based from very beginning of upping the trunk, configure trunk to have "Protocol by the Card" as NO, then reconfigure it back to card based protocol.

CSCdm83096

Symptom:

Addyred fails on LDM with warning about incorrect values (mismatch) for RCMP entries. Condition:

Addyred for LDM card

Workaround:

None

CSCdm89320

Symptom:

Channels on AXIS have alarms while corresponding connections on BPX are O.K.

Conditions:

1. The connection on BPX feeder trunk is local.
2. BPX feeder trunk loses signal and recovers.
3. The conditions do not necessarily lead to the problem.

Workaround:

Delete and add back the connection

CSCdp05584

Symptom:

Some connections that are shown by dspcons cannot be displayed by dspcon, nor can they be deleted with delcon or modified with cnfcon.

Condition:

Upgrade from 9.1 to 9.2.20. Last port of a BXM card has to be an active routing trunk.

Workaround:

Simple work around: Cause full rebuild on affected node

Workaround nor requiring rebuild: This problem only occurs when the last port of a BXM trunk is a routing trunk. The memory of the port lccb of this trunk needs to be patched to remove the dual allocation of some connection.

Additional information:

The main problem is for the trunk on the last port. But if later on one of the other trunks would be downed (deleted and then downed). A problem could develop for some of the newly freed lcns as well. We therefore strongly suggest not to down any trunks until the software revision was upgraded to 9.2.21 or above

CSCdp05865

Symptom:

BXM E3 and T3 cards show up as wrong type in Cisco WAN Manager.

Condition:

Always

Workaround:

None

Problems Fixed in Release 9.2.20

The following is the list of fixed anomalies in the 9.2.20 Switch Software delivery. Included with each is a brief discussion of the problem.

Bug ID Description

CSCdm27574

Symptoms:

01.) Connections fail when there is a loss of signal on the UXM feeder trunk as expected.

02.) When the LOS is no longer present, the connections still remain failed, but there is data continuity.

Conditions:

01.) LOS on the UXM feeder trunk can cause this situation

Workaround:

01.) Rebuilding the problem slot will clear the incorrect status.

CSCdm27726

Symptom:

Card error (N Fatal from 0x17:0x25010022) is logged on standby of Y-red pair when the card is reset/node rebuild.

Condition:

This happens only on standby of Y-red BXM pairs which support VSI and only when the card is rebuilt along with other cards simultaneously.

Workaround:

None

CSCdk33999

Symptom:

Connections are deleted without user intervention and software errors 532 logged with 000000FF in the data field. The software errors are logged prior to the logging of the connection deletions in the event log.

Conditions:

The source node for the deletions (the one with the software error 532s) is an IGX or IPX. The connections deleted terminate on FRM or FRP cards on the source node.

This problem has only observed a few times, but was observed multiple times on at least one node. It is very likely that an operation performed on the node triggered the problem, but this operation has not been identified.

Workaround:

The conditions for this problem need to be identified before a workaround can be provided.

To help characterize the problem, please collect the following:

1. constats

2. dsprrst

3. dspswlog d

4. dsplog (showing auto deletions and prior activities)

5. Anything that does not look 'normal'.

6. Input from the customer regarding activities performed on the node.

7. dspsvcst

8. dspsnmpstats

Issuance of the 'switchcc' command will probably not restore the connections, but may be necessary to resolve inconsistencies that prevent adding the connections again. The connections were probably deleted to resolve an inconsistency. Unfortunately the auto deletion is not complete, and logical endpoint data from the auto deleted connections may prevent adding connections after the auto deletion. The logical endpoint data is rebuilt after a CC switch, thus removing the inconsistency.

Further Information: If this problem is observed, please determine what operations were performed on the node at the time the problem was observed.

The auto deletion condition has not been identified, and the problem has not been reproducible in the lab. Inconsistencies induced into the connection data bases have not produced the characteristics observed in the field (primarily the swerr 532). The induced inconsistencies have shown that the auto deletions of the connections may be incomplete, and a switchcc is often required after the auto deletion to restore the logical endpoint structure.

CSCdk34492

Symptom:

Wrong value returned in SNMP for atmOtherEndptDesc of a connection terminated on a remote BTM feeder trunk. The port number should be 255 not 256.

Conditions:

When query from BPX side in SNMP.

Work Around:

NMS needs to interpret port number 256 as 255 for this kind connection.

CSCdk85811

Symptom:

LAN fuse failed on IGX-NPM

Conditions:

dspcd 1, dspcd 2 shows LAN fuse failed

Workaround:

resetcd (1/2) f, switchcc

Further Problem Description:

Service affecting if done on a node with single processors

CSCdk89665

Symptom:

Unable to configure a UFM-C E1 line to unchannelized with 9.1.x SWSW. Cannot set E1 line framing to OFF Cannot set line Signalling to None.

Conditions:

Customer environment not relevant. Affects 9.1.03 and 9.1.06 and probably all releases of 9.1.

Workaround:

None

CSCdk93626

Symptom:

atmEndptMCR is out of range.

Conditions:

When a connection is ended on a BXM port and MCR is less than 6.

Work Around:

Don't set MCR less than 6 if a connection is ended on a BXM port.

. Range:

. ASI/BNI

T3 : 0-96000

E3 : 0-80000

OC3 : 0-353208

. BXM/UXM

T3 : 6-96000

E3 : 6-80000

OC3 : 6-353208

CSCdm00711

Symptom:

Hardware watchdog aborts on all versions of release 9.1 on an NPM-32. When software attempts to access memory in the 32-64Mb range on an NPM-32 an access error interrupt will not be generated, the CPU will freeze until a hardware watchdog occurs. A switchover will occur if a standby NPM is available. A rebuild will occur if a standby NPM is not available.

Conditions:

NPM-32 with the SNMP Get community string configured. Certain SNMP operations are causing switch software to access non existent memory.

Workaround:

Set the SNMP Get community string to NOACCESS.

CSCdm07296

Symptom:

No OAM loopback configuration is displayed while cnfoamlpbk is in progress or upon completing cnfoamlpbk command.

Condition:

Occurs while performing cnfoamlpbk command

Workaround:

Need to type dspoamlpbk command before and after cnfoamlpbk.

CSCdm08324

Symptom:

The physical portion of a BXM trunk, a physline, is allowing a BNI card's physical based CRXL statistic to be enabled.

The BXM's CRXL statistic is a logical statistic based and not the same as a BNI card's CRXL statistic.

Conditions:

This will occur when the customer enables the statistic "BNI: Total Cells Rx (Phys)" and there are BXM trunks up on the node.

The physical portion of the BXM trunk, the physline, will enable this BNI-only statistic.

Workaround:

Ignore the BNI-only statistic that is being reported for the BXM trunk.

CSCdm18555

Symptom:

For the following conditions, the user either cannot add yred or is reported with false mismatch alarm. The user does not get any benefit by upgrading to the enhanced UXM card because of the mismatch.

Condition:

1. Can not configure yred for mixed UXM cards if in standby mode. Can not configure yred if in active mode and the primary card is enhanced while secondary is non-enhanced.

2. The switch issues false mismatch alarm under any of the following conditions:

* For standby yred UXM card pair, when change the secondary card from non-extended card to extended card.

* For mixed yred UXM card pair, when upgrade from release 9.1 to release 9.2.

* For active non-yred card, when change from extended card to non-extended card.

* For active yred card pair, when change the secondary card from extended card to non-extended card.

Workaround:

None

CSCdm27726

Symptom:

Card error (N Fatal from 0x17:0x25010022) is logged on standby of Y-red pair when the card is reset/node rebuild.

Condition:

This happens only on standby of Y-red BXM pairs which support VSI and only when the card is rebuilt along with other cards simultaneously.

Workaround:

None

CSCdm32599

Symptom:

It takes too much time for the virtual trunk to declare/clear Virtual Trunk Path Failure when the VPC connection at the cloud becomes bad/good even if ILMI is configured on the cloud port with trap enabled.

Condition:

This happens when a UXM virtual trunk is connected to a BXM cloud port and ILMI at the cloud port is configured to be on the BXM card.

Workaround:

When a UXM virtual trunk is connected to a BXM cloud port, do not configure ILMI protocol on the BXM card at the cloud port. Have protocol on the BCC.

CSCdm41637

Symptom:

There's not enough space for cnfpref command when the path is 10 hops long

Conditions:

cnfpref with more than 2 line long

Workaround:

None

CSCdm43422

Problem:

dsptrkutl does not work for NTM trunks. It shows all zero.

Workaround:

None

CSCdm43783

Symptom:

Software error 55 after graceful upgrade due to sampling of the card even when it was not active.

Conditions:

Graceful upgrade

Workaround:

None

CSCdm44536

Symptom:

Command "dcdrtbl" causes software errors 532 and 55

Condition:

This behavior is for BXM and BNI cards.

Workaround:

None

CSCdm50232

Symptom:

Software error 2000 (SNMP_INVLD_OBJ) logged on BPX.

Condition:

The SNMP get operation on BPX for trunk parameters with the remote node IGX and other end slot greater than 32 cause this error.

Workaround:

None

CSCdm50251

Symptom:

Certain counter values in CiscoView are undefined in CLI and display incorrect values. SNMP Agent on switch is returning bad values.

Conditions:

Observed on node with BXM viewing dspportstats, verifying CiscoView values, and walking switch MIB values.

Workaround:

None

CSCdm50372

Symptom:

The node performed the hitless rebuild but the log shows that the MGX 8220 shelves all went into and out of alarm. Logging onto the MGX 8220 shelves and displaying their logs indicate that the MGX 8220 shelf reported LMI failure in addition to the LCNs going into and out of alarm.

Conditions:

This problem will only happen when the BPX node has a lot of connections (e.g. 10,000+) terminating on it and has a lot of MGX 8220 shelves (e.g. 8+) attaching to it. The MGX 8220 reports LMI failure because the BPX is busy rebuilding the connections and is not responding to the MGX 8220 LMI polling in time.

Work Around:

None

CSCdm51357

Symptom:

Software error 121 (CB_TMOUT_FLUSH) is logged when there standby UXM cards performing selftest, and a hitless rebuild or switchcc is done.

Impact:

None

Workaround:

None.

CSCdm52990

Symptom:

Node experiences 3M and 1M3 due to flooding on ILMI/LMI channel or an IP relay channel.

Condition:

When we have feeder added (PAR feeder type) and we have added connection with VPI, VCI 3.8 or 3.31 (which are used by ILMI/LMI and IP relay channels). The added feeder could be MGX 8220, PAR, popeye.

Workaround:

Do not add connection with VPI, VCI 3.8 or 3.31 when we have feeder added.

CSCdm53035

Symptom:

The various Qbin depths does not change with the new transmit rate value for non-added trunk.

Condition:

Various Qbin depths are not reflected with the transmit rate change for non-added physical/virtual.

Workaround:

None

CSCdm53119

Symptom:

Software error 129 seen on the active BCC when dspswlog is issued when the standby BCC is in cleared state.

Condition:

When Standby BCC is in cleared state. This happens for a very small interval soon after a switchcc.

Workaround:

Wait for sometime after switchcc, until the card comes out of the cleared state.

CSCdm53126

Symptom:

User id updates may not stop when one user id is marked with a corrupted password. This can take up bandwidth for control messages.

Workaround:

No easy one. Patch memory of the user id database on the node with the number to clear the corrupted password flags.

CSCdm53376

Symptom:

Trunk errors not reported under "dsptrkerrs" after the upgrade from 8.4.14 to 9.1.09

Conditions:

Trunk errors were reported on heavily loaded NTM trunks with Bursty Data B traffic prior to the upgrade. Since the IPX/IGX upgrade to 9.1.09 no error are registered.

Workaround:

Delete, down, up, and re-add the trunk in question. Merely deleting and re-adding will be insufficient. If delete and add trunks are not desirable, a procedure to patch memory are described in the workaround enclosure. This procedure applies to all platforms.

Further Problem Description:

This problem affects BPX, IGX and IPX trunks, lines AUTO statistics collections after upgrade from 8.4 to 8.5 or 8.4 to 9.1 or 8.5 to 9.1.

CSCdm54117

Symptom:

Swerr 9082 logged.

Condition:

None

Workaround:

None

CSCdm56012

Description:

This DDTS report is for new functionality.

There are several new versions of BXM cards that are known as "enhanced" cards. In robust messages that are sent from switch software to Cisco WAN Manager, the new card types need to be sent.

Workaround:

None is needed.

CSCdm57535

Symptom:

Statistics counter value is displayed for atmPortStatBcmRxs.

Condition:

Command 'walk atmPortStatEntry' was given for a BXM port from an SNMP tool e.g. snmptalk.

Workaround:

Ignore this counter value, as atmPortStatBcmRxs is not valid for BXM port statistics.

CSCdm58398

Symptom:

The dsptrkstats command, when executed on a BXM trunk, displays the full physical port bandwidth for the "trunk speed" rather than the configured bandwidth.

Condition:

This will occur when the command dsptrkstats is run on a BXM trunk.

Customer Impact:

This is a cosmetic defect. The trunk speed is really the value that the customer has configured, however, this command is displaying the full physical line interface rate.

Workaround:

Ignore the "trunk speed" field.

CSCdm59091

Symptom:

LDM and CVM connections cannot be modified by the Cisco Wan Manager (CWM) GUI. Specifically, preferred route and COS cannot be changed and the connections cannot be deleted.

Conditions:

LDM and CVM connections which have been added to an 8.4 network and upgraded to 9.1.12 cannot be modified nor deleted by CWM GUI. Command line access works fine. Connections deleted and re-added or which are added in 9.1 work fine.

Workaround:

Delete (via CLI) and re-add (via CLI or CWM) the connections after the upgrade is complete to restore full management capability.

CSCdm59267

Description:

In the Robust ATM Connection Object message sent from Switch Software to StrataView, certain connection object subtypes are not being sent. In particular, the following are not being sent. Instead, they are being mapped to other subtypes.

ATFTFST ---\

ATFXFST ---/ ATFST

ATFT ---\

ATFX ---/ ATF

The mappings need to be removed so that the additional details will be available to StrataView.

Workaround:

There is no workaround needed for this situation. It will not affect most customers. The additional information is sometimes useful to StrataView.

CSCdm59268

Symptom:

Node becomes very busy

Condition:

When VAD/LDCELP con is added

Workaround:

None

CSCdm61126

Symptom:

The BPX node reported that the firmware upgrade was completed, but the actual burnt firmware failed.

Condition:

Due to a bad flash, the firmware upgrade aborted. The firmware upgrade can also abort when we try to burn a certain kind of firmware over a very old and incompatible firmware. In such cases the firmware burn would abort but switch software would report incorrectly that the burning of firmware has been completed.

Workaround:

None

Usually burning of firmware takes 2 to 3 minutes. If swsw reports the burn to be complete within 20 to 30 seconds these are signs that something is wrong. Also there must be no card errors while the burnfw is taking place.

CSCdm62548

Symptom:

Software error 2085 is logged on standby.

Condition:

Standby does not get TRUNK_CNFG update in time, when we up a trunk and we have line stats machine triggered at that moment.

Workaround:

None

Note: This bug fix also, includes changes made for 9.2 rev up for bug # CSCdm53376 See this bug release notes for more information.

CSCdm63487

Symptom:

cnftrk does not prompt for Header type (like STI/UNI) BTM and AIT trunks. Henceforth it does not prompt for selecting gateway type (like BAM, CAM, SAM).

Condition:

When we have BTM or AIT trunks and we do "cnftrk" on those trunks.

Workaround:

None

CSCdm63889

Symptom:

Standby controller card kept being reset and was in a continuous state of updating.

Conditions:

When TFTP statistics are enabled, and the global that controls when a file interval is completed gets clobbered it may lead to this situations. We currently do not know what conditions lead to the clobbering of the global.

Workaround:

There are two workarounds:

1. Disable and then re-enable all TFTP interval stats

2. Patch the Rt_Interval_In_Prog global to the correct value.

Further Problem Description:

Rt_Interval_In_Prog is used to control the completion of a file interval by comparing it with the current time. It is displayed in "Rt Interval:" by dspstatparms command. When Rt Interval is clobbered and has a value much smaller than the current time, the system will try to finish too many file intervals, which may prevent standby updates from completing. Code has been put in to correct Rt Interval automatically when it is clobbered. Software error 2095 is logged with the correction, one stat file is lost and a new file interval is started.

CSCdm64045

Symptom:

Standby controller card logs several software error 886's and 2071's during an upgrade for circuit lines.

Customer Impact:

The software errors are logged, and the supporting data structures for statistical alarming are not allocated. These errors can and will fill the standby's software error log.

Workaround:

None

Further Notes:

These software errors are a result of a recent code check in which is believed to not have ever made it to the field.

CSCdm65060

Symptom:

Unable to bring up a UNI IMA Trunk between IMATM and UXM.

Conditions:

Switch software 9.2.10, but worked in 9.2.01

Workaround:

Revert back down to 9.2.01, or use NNI cell header.

CSCdm65089

Symptom:

Continuous PRI Clock loss messages in LOG

Conditions:

Switch software 9.2.01

Workaround:

None

CSCdm65104

Symptom:

Tstcon on DTE connections which terminate at HDM cards.

Condition:

See above

Workaround:

None

CSCdm66452

Symptom:

tstber in manual mode stops receiving after nearly 1 1/2 hours.

Condition:

When auto tstber also runs at the interval set in cnftstparms for self test.

Workaround:

Disable self test using cnftstparms if you need to run tstber in auto mode continuously.

CSCdm67094

Symptom:

Can't configure cnfasm parameters 8-12 from Y-> N.

Condition:

"cnfasm 8", "cnfasm 9", "cnfasm 10", "cnfasm 11", "cnfasm 12", "cnfasm 13" won't work for all BPX 9.2.10 nodes.

Workaround:

None

CSCdm67130

Symptom:

ABR traffic class gets dropped from BXM/UXM/BNI trunks.

Condition:

An non-graceful upgrade from 9.2.10 to 9.2.20 with ABR traffic class set for the trunk. This is for both, IGX and BPX. This is because, we store the traffic class bits incorrectly in BRAM and it shows up when the 10th traffic class RT_VBR is introduced into 9.2.20

Workaround:

Use "cnftrk" to put back the ABR traffic class.

CSCdm67358

Symptom:

The following symptoms are all related to this defect:

- An error and abort 3000000 is logged under seemingly normal circumstances, followed by various memory errors such as 502, 589, 504, 501

- A 1000003 abort is logged from the Root process on the standby after a switchover, or on the active after a hitless rebuild.

- After a switchover, the standby is continuously reset, the IGX indicates a watch dog timeout, the BPX indicates a system reset.

- The active card continuously resets after a hitless rebuild on a node that does not have redundant controller cards. The hitless rebuild could be caused by the user via the resetcd command or it could be a true hitless scenario.

- Other unknown problem can occur due to this defect, this release note will be updated as investigation reveals them.

Conditions:

The following conditions are needed for this problem to occur.

1) The node needs to have a large configuration, that causes non-hitless memory allocations to overflow into the hitless memory region.

Overflows can be detected by using the service level command (dspprf r t). The column to the far right indicates the number of overflows that have occurred.

On a 64M controller card, when the overflow count for the second pool region (PL02) is non zero, that indicates that a non-hitless memory allocation has overflowed into the hitless region.

On a 32M controller card, when the overflow count for the first poll region (POOL) is non zero, that indicates that a non-hitless memory allocation has overflowed into the hitless region.

BEWARE: The overflow counts can be cleared. If the command (dspprf r t c) is issued the overflow counts will have been cleared, and you will not know if you have overflowed into the hitless memory regions. However, you can tell if and when the command has been cleared, by the "Last Cleared" time stamp at the top of the screen.

If it is a value other than "Date/Time Not Set" then it has been cleared.

If your node does not have memory overflows into the hitless region, then these problems cannot occur.

2) The first memory block in the hitless region is an overflow memory block of size 1. The service level command (dspalloclocal #region#) will display data for the locally managed regions -- our hitless regions. #region# can be 5 for region HITLESS1 (on 32 and 64M CC's), or it can be 15 for region HITLESS2 (on 64M CC's). The memory blocks listed are in the order that they are in memory. Therefore if the first entry (top left corner) of the first page of dspalloclocal's display is a size 1 overflow block this problem can occur.

To determine if this block is a overflow block invoke the service level command (dm) on the address under the "cntl" column. The value should be a 0xC0 or an 0x80. If it is an 0x80, then this is an overflow allocation.

3) An overflow block of size 1 follows an overflow block of any other size, or it follows a memory hole (unallocated memory). The dspalloclocal screens can be searched for overflow blocks of size 1, using the method explained in (2) above. If the preceding block is an overflow block of any size, then these problems can occur.

NOTE: There are several 10's of thousands of possible memory blocks, this scan can take a long time.

4) The final key is if the card undergoes any hitless rebuild, whether invoked by the user or not. Any hitless rebuild, that occurs when the node has the first memory block as a size one overflow or a size one overflow following any other size overflow, will cause one of the before mentioned problems.

CSCdm67358 -

Continued

Customer Impact:

1) The active controller card can abort due to a memory limitation error logging 3000000 errors and aborts, followed by various other memory errors such as 502, 589, 504 or 501's.

If there is a secondary controller card it will switch over, and can possibly lead to impact #2 listed below.

If there is no secondary controller card, or the secondary controller card is not in "Standby" state, then the active card will undergo a hitless rebuild and can lead to impact #3 listed below.

2) The standby CC can undergo an unknown number of watchdog timeout (WDTs) continuously resetting itself. This will be evident by the active's log indicating that the standby card is reset due to a WDT (IGX) or a system reset (BPX). This is also evident by the dspcds screen showing the standby CC cycling between missing and downloading.

3) If there is no standby CC available to take over when the active undergoes a hitless rebuild, the active CC can:

- lock up, not responding to any login attempts, appearing as UNREACHABLE by other nodes in the network.

- Undergo an unknown number of watchdog timeouts, and continuously restart.

Workaround:

1) Avoid causing a user hitless rebuild via the resetcd command.

2) If the standby or active card becomes unresponsive or continuously resets itself it can be resolved immediately by pulling and reseating the controller card that is having these problems.

Or the customer can wait for an unspecified amount of time until the memory cleans itself up. However, we've seen the card resets last for longer than a day, before someone pulled the card to reset it.

Further Problem Description:

When we are freeing overflow memory during a hitless rebuild and an overflow block of size 1 is the first block of hitless memory or the block of size 1 follows a memory hole or another overflow block, the memory step counter increments incorrectly and we jump forward an incorrect number.

In this jump, we can skip other blocks of overflow memory that should be freed but are not, causing a memory leak which can then eventually cause a 3M abort.

Or this jump can take us to a memory block that is apart of a larger memory allocation, and therefore has no forward jump counter, at which point we sit and continuously process that memory block, causing an infinite loop and eventually a WDT.

Or this jump can take us to a memory block that is no longer in use, but still has its old value in it that can then cause a 1m3 abort because we are processing obsolete data.

More investigation into exactly how these scenarios can be achieved as well as any other problems are being done, and this release note will be updated accordingly.

CSCdm68678

Symptom:

Software error 633, traffic class displayed on cnftrk not cleaned up properly and "VC Shaping" configuration not shown in dsptrkcnf/cnftrk screen.

Condition:

dsptrkcnf/cnftrk done for an IMA virtual trunk.

Workaround:

None

CSCdm69180

Symptoms:

The command cnftrk on UXM feeder trunk when executed currently allows the channel count to go below the used channel count on the UXM feeder trunk. This has been blocked.

Conditions:

Executing the cnftrk command and lowering the channels to a value less than the used value.

Workaround:

None

CSCdm69421

Symptom:

The traffic types displayed on cnftrk/dsptrkcnf have garbage.

Condition:

None

Workaround:

None

CSCdm69834

Symptom:

The default service class template is set to 2 (instead of 1) if upgrading from 9.1.00 to 9.2.10.

Condition:

This happens only when upgrading from 9.1.00 to 9.2.10 (directly, 9.1 -> 9.2.10 OR via 9.2.00, 9.1.00 -> 9.2.00 -> 9.2.10).

Workaround:

This will have an impact only if VSI is used in the network. Different scenarios:

1. If VSI is used in 9.1.xx and the network is upgraded to 9.2.10, then this is a show stopper - the VSI conns can loose continuity. All interfaces will have templates set to 2 (PNNI template) instead of 1 (MPLS template).

MPLS network SHOULD NOT be upgraded from 9.1 to 9.2.10 - instead it should be upgraded to 9.2.20 (which will have this fix).

2. In all upgrade paths from 9.1 to 9.2.xx (xx < 20), the default template will be set to 2 for all interfaces. The template assignment can be modified using the cnfvsiif command if VSI is going to be used.

CSCdm72193

Symptom:

Unable to addtrk or loss of continuity on UXM conns (may affect ports or trunks)

Customer Impact:

Loss of continuity or inability to add trunk.

Configuration:

UXM

Workaround:

None

Problems Fixed in Release 9.2.10

The following is the list of fixed anomalies in the 9.2.10 Switch Software delivery. Included with each is a brief discussion of the problem.

Bug ID Description

CSCdk21358

Symptom:

The MIB variable slotCardStatus does not show proper value.

Conditions:

The IPX/IGX/BPX SNMP agent reports the above MIB variable as active when there is no backcard installed.

Workaround:

None

CSCdk26240

Symptom:

AIS alarm counts are not displayed for E3 lines and trunks when using the commands dsplnerrs line_num and dsptrkerrs trk_num.

Conditions:

The problem occurs on BPX nodes using E3 lines or trunks.

Workaround:

No workaround is available; however, the AIS alarm status is correctly displayed.

CSCdk29716

Symptom:

Discrepancy in the "dspchstats" when comparing the two end points of a given PVC. More traffic appears on one side than the source sends.

Conditions:

After a switchcc occurs while connections are rerouting.

Workaround:

"dncon" and "upcon" will resolve this problem

CSCdk33721

Symptom:

The connection got deleted because the update message sent from Master node is inconsistent with the Slave node. Software error 614 was logged.

Condition:

During graceful upgrade the software error 614 was seen.

Workaround:

None

CSCdk51121

Symptom:

The command dsplnalmcnf only shows the line alarm configuration, it does not show the trunk (packet line) alarm configuration.

Impact:

The customer must use a round about way to view the trunks statistical alarm configuration as detailed in the workaround.

Condition:

This will always occur.

Workaround:

We can use a round about method to display the current line and trunk statistical alarm configuration. This can be done by invoking cnflnalm. Then from the list of alarms, choose one that is only relevant to trunks (i.e. Tx NTS C Dscd). You will then be prompted for the "Alarm Class?" immediately hit the <DEL> key to cancel the command.

The screen now has the configuration for 8 statistical alarms, one of those is the alarm you specified.

CSCdk51259

Symptom:

Only for the UXM and BXM can NMS get the information of slotBackNumPort from the MIB.

Conditions:

When query from SNMP

Workaround:

None

CSCdk55034

Symptom:

BIP8 errors are received at 10E-3 and the line/trunk is in MINOR alarm. The line/trunk MAJOR alarm threshold is configured at 10E-3 (cnflnalm command).

Condition:

When BIP8 errors are received on an E3 line or trunk at a rate of 10E-3, the line or trunk will not go into a MAJOR alarm state. The line/trunk will instead go into a MINOR alarm.

Workaround:

Change the MAJOR alarm threshold for BIP8 to 10E-4 using the cnflnalm command.

CSCdk65743

Symptom:

Software error 52 in dspswlog with VT_1 as running process

Conditions:

One-time occurrence of a watchdog timeout on a BCC while VT'd in from another node

Workaround:

None

CSCdk69040

Symptom:

The wrong error message is reported: "SVC caching: timeslot(DS0) for this channel already in use".

Conditions:

Number of LCNs (channels) is used up on the remote BXM port while adding a connection.

Work Around:

1. Verify the error condition by adding the same connection to the BXM port as a master end. Message "No channels left on this line" indicates the problem.

2. Allocate more channels on the port use command cnfrsrc so you can add the connection to the port.

CSCdk77005

Symptom:

1000003 abort in SNMP process

Conditions:

After an ARP request is received by the switch with the network id of the senders address different than the network id of the switch subsequent walks of the ARP table will cause a 1000003 abort.

Workaround:

Remove walks of the switch ARP table or set the SNMP get community string to NOACCESS.

CSCdk87933

Symptom:

Some connections are deleted after network flood is cleared.

Conditions:

In the lab where faulty hardware is used to simulated flood, after flooding is cleared, there are some connections being deleted.

This problem is caused by the network messages that are circulated in the queue using the faulty hardware. Network messages were corrupted causing the switch to interpret the network message incorrectly and the connections are deleted.

Work Around:

None

CSCdm02272

Symptom:

dsplogcd 112 5 cmd entered and screen freezed

Conditions:

The card is BXM-T3/E3 and sonet mode attribute has bad value. Use "dspcmi p" to examine the value. It is bad if the value exceeds 6.

Work Around:

Patch sonet mode to 0. Please contact Cisco for the operation.

CSCdm04262

Symptoms:

The OAM loopback test may be failing on a DAX conn with endpoints at 2 cards on the same node. When the OAM capability is disabled on one card, the OAM loopback failure condition is also cleared at the other card which still has the OAM capability enabled.

Conditions:

This happens only on a DAX conn using 2 cards.

Workaround:

None

CSCdm04372

Symptom:

The response of an SNMP query of the object atmPortIfType is wrong. oc12-smf(10) is returned for a BXM T3/E3 card.

Conditions:

When query BXM T3/E3 cards.

Work Around:

None

CSCdm04812

Symptom:

dspstatsinfo is counting a connection terminated at a feeder trunk.

Conditions:

If there are connections terminated at feeder trunk, they are included in the summary of the connection count.

Workaround:

None

CSCdm14446

Symptom:

3-byte frames routed over a UXM trunk on a frame forwarding connection between a UFMU and a UFM port are not being received by the other end.

Condition:

If transmitting 3 bytes frames on a frame forwarding connection between a UFMU and a UFM port, routed over a UXM trunk, the frames get corrupted at the UXM card on the transmitter node and hence are discarded by the receiver node.

Workaround:

Do not transmit frames of size less than 5 bytes on a frame forwarding connection between two UFMU connections routed over a UXM trunk

CSCdm18555

Symptom:

For the following conditions, the user either cannot add yred or is reported with false mismatch alarm. The user does not get any benefit by upgrading to the enhanced UXM card because of the mismatch.

Condition:

1. Cannot configure yred for mixed UXM cards if in standby mode. Cannot configure yred if in active mode and the primary card is enhanced while secondary is non-enhanced.

2. The switch issues false mismatch alarm under any of the following

conditions:

* For standby yred UXM card pair, when change the secondary card from non-extended card to extended card.

* For mixed yred UXM card pair, when upgrade from release 91 to release 92.

* For active non-yred card, when change from extended card to non-extended card.

* For active yred card pair, when change the secondary card from extended card to non-extended card.

Workaround:

None

CSCdm19544

Symptom:

dspchstats command does not show OAM Rx: AIS when line is failed in 9.2.1F. This works properly in 9.1.09.

Condition:

On an FR-ATM conn (Axis-BPX), fail the FRSM line. This should show AIS for connections on the BPX on the dspcon and dspchstats screens.

Workaround:

None

CSCdm24031

Description:

If old 9.1 firmware is burned into a new enhanced BXM card, then the card will not function.

Solution:

The user interface should be able to verify that the version of firmware is correct for the card before allowing it to be burned.

Workaround:

Be careful when choosing the correct version of BXM firmware before burning it.

CSCdm29600

Symptom:

Unable to add connections. Addcon command errors such as "Local resources unavailable or Network Expansion not allowed" or "Local channel unavailable" may be displayed. Commands such as "dcct t" will produce swerrs 374 and 752.

(For 9.2, this only occurs on BPX; IGX works OK)

Conditions:

Command "dvc #" (where # is a number between one and the maximum number of VCs supported by the switch) for an unused VC shows "VC #0" on a BPX running release 9.1. Only VC 0 should have "VC #0". A VC with an invalid VC index may also have an invalid connection type for an uninitialized VC. If the first "dvc #" screen has "VC #0", "Exists : 0", and "Con Type : ADPCM", attempting to display the second screen will probably cause a 1000003 abort.

Do not use "dvc" on an IGX. It will probably cause a 1000003 abort without displaying the first screen.

This problem is observed after a non-graceful upgrade from release 8.4 to release 9.1 or on BPX from release 9.1 to release 9.2. There is not a problem with - graceful upgrades, or - non-graceful upgrades from releases 8.2.xx (xx = 55 or higher) or 8.5, or - non-graceful upgrades of IGX from release 9.1 to release 9.2.

The problem is that VCs which were used for connections that were deleted in the previous release will have a VC number 0. There is not a problem with VCs which are used for connections, or which have never been used.

Workaround:

Audit the standby BCC. If the standby BCC does not have the "VC #0" set for VCs other than 0, and other standby databases are updated, perform a switchcc. Do not reset the standby BCC prior to the switchcc, as this will send the invalid active BCC "VC #0" over to the standby BCC for used VCs. Unused VCs will not be updated the standby CC.

If the active BCC is in better condition than the standby, the standby BCC may be reset prior to the switch. The used VCs with index 0 will be auto deleted during database cleanup performed after the switch.

Do not use "dvc" to audit an NPM/C.

Prior to performing the switchcc, enable connection logging to the event log (cnffunc) so that any connections that are deleted as part of the database cleanup can be identified.

If a non-graceful upgrade was performed because a standby CC was not available, loadrev the 9.1 release into flash, then rebuild the node a second time in 9.1 (the first rebuild was the non-graceful upgrade). (Use 9.2 instead if that's the release you are using)

Further: The SW initializes the VC number for all VCs when the node rebuilds. In the case of a non-graceful upgrade, SW maps the BRAM from the old release to the new release after the rebuild. The VCs are mapped one at a time. A VC is mapped by clearing all fields (all fields initialized to 0), then mapping the values from BRAM. This mapping is performed for all connections that exist in BRAM. Connections that do not exist in BRAM have their LCON index set to 65535 (-1), but the other fields are not mapped from BRAM. VCs which have

never existed (never been used for a connection) are not processed by the BRAM mapping software. Thus the VC number initialized by the rebuild initialization SW is not cleared by the BRAM mapping SW.

CSCdm36631

Symptom:

APS activated alarm trap #20101 seen for T3 trunk.

Conditions:

A T3 trunk was modified using cnfrsrc command.

Workaround:

None

Further Problem Description:

The trunk object structure in the BPX has some fields reversed from the definition in the external interface specification. Cisco WAN Manager is coded according to the specification and so it interprets the max_channels_per_port field as the APS slot/port fields.

CSCdm37694

Symptom:

Software error 9082 was seen after upgrade

Condition:

A race condition. The channels on the card were not reorganized the 9.2 way before reprogramming messages were sent to the card.

Workaround:

Not needed

CSCdm37802

Symptom:

Software error 706 logged.

Conditions:

This problem occured when HDM fails the self test continuously due to the bad hardware.

Workaround:

Disable the HDM selftest by executing the cnftstparm command.

CSCdm39210

Symptom:

A cnfrsrc on the trunk connecting a Tag Switching Controller to BPX does not allow the MAX PVC LCNs to be more than 10.

Condition:

BXM yred pair

1) disable VSI partition on trunk 3.3

2) dntrk 3.3

3) uptrk 3.3

4) cnfrsrc 3.3

Got "PVC Channels(256) Can not exceed (10)" message

Workaround:

None

Description:

The underlying problem could be that there is an APS channels halved attribute mismatch.

CSCdm39227

Symptom:

CAC allows oversubscription.

Conditions:

Any environment

Workaround:

None

CSCdm39836

Symptom:

Whenever NMS like CiscoView inquires about UXM back card and whenever we have E1 backcard with BNC type of connectors, we send UAI-E1 as enumerated value. Now, NMS inquires about port and finally get as DB-15 as connector type. If we have BNC type of connector, we end up in giving wrong back card - connector info to NMS.

Condition:

UXM with E1 back card and BNC type of connectors

Solution:

Use CLI to find out type of connector ("dspcd <slot>") or do not reply for SNMP query for UXM with E1 backcard with BNC connectors.

CSCdm39871

Symptom:

SNMP walk will show some revision for ARM backcard.

Condition:

Have ARM card inserted with backcard.

Workaround:

None

CSCdm40006

Symptom:

dspblkdfuncs did not list VT as being blocked as blocked for all but 9.2 - (VT not listed at all)

Conditions:

Mixed networks of 9.2 and earlier releases

Workaround:

None needed

CSCdm40707

Symptom:

software error 4229 logged.

Condition:

switchcc was performed on a bpx having connections. The bpx was previously upgraded from rel 9.1.09 and the connection (due to which the error was logged) was added in release 9.1.09.

Workaround:

None

CSCdm41274

Symptom:

Software errors 514, 589 on delyred following switchyred with a BXM and another BXM supporting more number of channels (BXM-E) forming the yred pair.

Conditions:

This software error occurs when you addyred two BXM cards, replace the secondary with another that supports more number of channels (BXM-E), switchyred and then delyred.

Workaround:

In a redundant BXM setup, do not replace the secondary with a BXM that supports more number of channels (BXM-E), and do switchyred. As a workaround replace the primary instead.

CSCdm41406

Symptom:

Minor alarm regarding high CPU usage gets logged after rebuild or switchcc of a loaded node, and never clears.

Conditions:

Fully loaded node and rebuild

Workaround:

Ignore. There are no bad side effects except for the minor alarm indication.

CSCdm41415

Symptom:

"Connection Channels" field is missing from dsptrkcnf and cnftrk screen.

Conditions:

N/A

Workaround:

None

CSCdm41881

Symptom:

Software errors 514, 589 and 502.

Condition:

Under rare circumstances the first fragment of a message did not match the following received fragment causing buffer overwrites.

Workaround:

None

CSCdm42754

Symptom:

1) The active, or standby has non-zero interval statistics counts (as displayed by dspstatparms) thereby indicating that TFTP interval stats are enabled. However, TFTP interval stats are not enabled as indicated by dspstatparms' "Object Count" field showing zero objects, and the "Interval Stats:" field indicates DISABLED. This is being referred to as stats being partially enabled.

2) The standby controller card logs a software error 2000000 and then resets itself once.

3) The standby controller card logs the software error 2000000 and then resets itself at the regular interval of 5, 10, 15, 30 or 60 minutes.

4) After a controller card switch over, the new-active controller card logs the software error 2000000 and then reset itself.

5) After a controller card switch over, the new-active controller card fills the software error log with software error 136's.

Conditions:

The steps leading up to the various symptoms listed above are similar, but not quite the same. They are explained as follows:

1) The partial enabling of TFTP stats will occur if:

a) The customer has a redundant controller card.

b) TFTP interval statistics are enabled.

c) The active controller card does a hitless rebuild

At this point the standby will have TFTP interval stats partially enabled, when they have actually been disabled.

d) A controller card switch over is done.

At this point both the active and the standby will have TFTP interval stats partially enabled, when they have actually been disabled.

2) The single 2000000 and standby rest will occur if:

a) The customer has a redundant controller card.

b) TFTP interval statistics are enabled.

c) The active controller card does a hitless rebuild

d) A controller card switch over is done.

e) The same set of TFTP interval statistics are enabled, as done in step b.

When the active creates its TFTP interval stats file at the end of its file interval, it will send a message to the standby to do the same. However, when the standby stumbles across some of the TFTP interval stats that where partially enabled (see FURTHER PROBLEM DESCRIPTION below), the 2000000 is logged and the standby controller card is reset.

However, when the standby resets all of the partially enabled TFTP statistics are deleted.

Note that the active has its global statistic data structure indicating that stats are enabled, so when the standby update mechanism enables the statistics on the standby it will obtain acceptable initializers from the statistic global data structure and the problem "corrects itself".

3) The standby "2000000 and reset" scenario will occur if:

a) The customer has a redundant controller card.

b) TFTP interval statistics are enabled.

c) The active controller card does a hitless rebuild

d) A controller card switch over is done.

CSCdm42754 -

continued

NOTE: Statistics were not re-enabled. In this case the active has its global statistic data structure cleared, but it incorrectly has statistics enabled (See FURTHER PROBLEM DESCRIPTION below).

Periodically, the active will send an update to the standby to roll its statistic buckets. At this time, the incorrectly initialized statistics will log a software error 2000000 and then restart the standby.

These restarts will occur at approximately the bucket interval rate. We say approximately, because it generally takes longer than 5 or 10 minutes for the secondary card to become fully updated.

4) The scenario for the active controller card logging a software error 2000000 and then resetting itself will occur under the following conditions:

a) The customer has a redundant controller card.

b) TFTP interval statistics are enabled.

c) The active controller card does a hitless rebuild

d) A controller card switch over is done.

e) Prior to a statistics bucket interval completion, another controller card switch over is done.

Prior to the last switch over the standby has incorrectly initialized statistics. Some of the initialized values are zeros. When we switch over, the card starts using some of the fields and logs the 2000000 and then restarts.

However, after the restart, the situation has cleaned itself up.

5) The scenario for the active controller card filling its log with 136 errors is the same as for scenario 4.

The difference here is that symptom 4 was discovered in an earlier release, but the root cause was not tracked down, so instead preventative code was added to avoid the 2000000 and restart, and simply log a 136 and continue.

This scenario will not clean itself up. The 136 software errors will be logged at a high frequency until the work around is enacted.

Workaround:

1) Symptoms 1, and 3 can be resolved by doing the following:

a) Enable statistics

b) Disable the statistics. At this point, dspstatparms should indicate that interval statistics are disabled, and the statistic tally counts should also be zero.

c) Reset the standby controller card. Realistically the standby should have disabled all of these statistics, but to make absolutely certain I recommend that the standby controller card be reset.

2) Symptom 2 corrects itself, however, I would still recommend following work around #1 to be absolutely certain.

3) Symptom 4 also corrects itself. However, to avoid symptom 4 from occurring in the first place, the following preventative steps can be done.

a) After any hitless rebuild, validate that the standby agrees with the active regarding the state of statistics.

If the standby has a non zero statistic count, while the active has a zero statistic count, then follow the steps for work around #1.

b) Prior to doing a manual controller card switch over, follow the instructions for step a) above.

CSCdm43471

Symptom:

After upgraded from 8.4 to 9.1 or from 9.1 to 9.2 Cisco WAN Manager can not see switch software FRM, VOICE and DATA connections anymore. Only FRM to ATM endpoint connections showed.

Conditions:

Problem exists on upgrade to Release 9.1 switch software from Release 8.2, Release 8.4 or Release 8.5, or to Release 9.2 from Release 9.1.

Workaround:

1. Delete connections and re-add

or

2. Rebuild

Further Problem Description:

After upgrade from 8.2, or 8.4, or 8.5 to 9.1 Cisco WAN Manager can not see SWSW FR-FR connections, voice connections, and data connections anymore. Only FR to ATM endpoint connections are not affected.

CSCdm44056

Symptom:

APS Annex B connection is not defaulted to bi-directional.

Condition:

After adding APS Annex B line

Workaround:

Use cnfapsln to configure the line to bi-directional

Description:

Even though the default says uni-directional, BXM firmware will only use bi-directional internally for Annex B.

CSCdm44387

Symptom:

Software error 1433 was sometimes logged on the Standby.

Conditions:

Customer typed command 'dspstbyclk'.

Workaround:

None

Further Problem Description:

The only side effect of this bug is the logging of software error 1433.

CSCdm44587

Symptom:

Software error 29 is logged.

Condition:

Adding additional trunk from the neighbor node with the port number greater than 8, and the neighbor node is running release 9.1 while this node is running 9.2 before the fix.

Workaround:

This software error is harmless, just delete it.

CSCdm44973

Symptom:

After a line or trunk alarm is modified, the alarm information is displayed on the top line of the screen, overwriting the "Line/Trunk Alarm Configuration" text.

Workaround:

None is needed. The command works correctly, it is just the display that is incorrect.

CSCdm45274

Symptom:

32K channels of BXM-E card not available until "resetcd h" is done

Conditions:

Replace the regular BXM active card with an Enhanced BXM card

Bring up the BXM-E card in standby state

32K channels will not be available until the card is reset

Workaround:

None

CSCdm45592

Symptom:

The most common symptom is that when TFTP interval statistics are enabled the software error log is filled with software error 2068's and 504's.

However due to the nature of this defect, it is hypothesized that this could also lead to the aborts 1000003 and 2000000.

Conditions:

This occurs under the following conditions:

1) The customer has UXM ports

2) The customer has TFTP interval statistics enabled on the UXM ports.

3) A hitless rebuild occurs.

After this point, the hypothesized effects could occur.

If the customer then enables TFTP interval statistics again (which the SCM will do automatically when it discovers TFTP interval statistics have been disabled after the hitless rebuild) the software error log will fill with the 2068's and 504's -- but it will then clean itself up. Meaning that there is no longer a threat of the aborts and no further 2068's or 504's will logged (unless another hitless rebuild occurs).

Workaround:

Do not enable TFTP interval statistics on UXM ports, or disable the hitless rebuild functionality.

Further descriptions:

The problem is that the handle (pointer) to the linked list of memory used for monitoring TFTP interval statistics is not being correctly initialized on a hitless rebuild.

After a hitless rebuild, the handle is referencing memory that is no longer allocated. Initially it has it will still have its old data (we do not clear out all memory on a rebuild) so it appears that we are pointing at valid memory.

However, because this data is not allocated, it can be allocated for something else related to statistics at which point we now have two different handles to the same memory. If the allocation changes the data format, which is almost guaranteed. It is hypothesized that incorrect handle could, in the worst case, abort because the old data is no longer maintained, or simply cause one of several other possible statistics related errors.

Similarly, the old handle could change the memory, clobbering the memory because it does not really own the memory, which could then cause the real memory owner to abort, or cause any other possible statistics related error.

When TFTP statistics are enabled after a hitless rebuild we first check to make sure that all existing TFTP statistics are disabled, however, these handles appear to be pointing at existing statistics.

When we go to free them, we first log a 2068 because this does not coincide with our internal statistics accounting, then we log a 504 because we are attempting to free memory that has not been allocated yet. Finally, after all of this has occured, we will correctly initialized the handle and then start the enabling process correctly.

CSCdm45812

Symptom:

Forced or manual APS switch causes a switch to opposite line then requested. Switch software and BXM firmware may get out of sync.

Conditions:

Performing an APS switch to a line which is already active.

Workaround:

Perform an APS clear switch on the line (switchapsln option 1). This should get swsw and BXM firmware back in sync.

Description:

BXM Firmware cannot handle getting a command to switch to a line which is already active and requests that swsw block such a switch.

CSCdm45889

Symptom:

Software errors 509 and 101 logged

Conditions:

This occurs when firmware debug command response from the card is processed immediately after the node rebuilds or after a switchover. There is a very remote chance for this error condition to occur.

Workaround:

Avoid issuing rsh command before a switchcc or node rebuild

CSCdm46095

Symptom:

Software error 526 appears.

Condition:

Adding, deleting, or displaying an APS line

Workaround:

None

Description:

This is the result of a display problem in the code. There is no affect on BPX operation.

CSCdm46601

Symptom:

Software error 116 (BAD_OBJ_RESP) seen close in time to when UXM cards were being reset or during switchccs or rebuilds.

Conditions:

Card resets

Workaround:

None

CSCdm46790

Symptom:

dspswlog has SWERR 501, possible ABORT 3000000 (3M). dspprf r t shows overflows from DYNM region. dspprf m t shows high memory usage in TRNS process. nwstats shows a very high number of received bandwidth updates (fcode 80 has one of the highest message counts).

Conditions:

When the bandwidth for a connection is increased the nodes along the connection path are locked until the process is completed. If there are multiple nodes attempting to increase connection bandwidth at the same time there may be a collision if the connection paths go through the same node. A collision is when a node attempts to lock a node that is already locked. When this occurs, the locked node sends a message saying that it is already locked, and the locking node aborts the lock on all nodes along the connection path. If there are changes that affect adaptive voice connections a node will broadcast a message to abort a lock.

The memory leak occurs whenever a node is locked for a bandwidth change, and receives a message to abort the lock. It is possible that this could happen while bandwidth is changed due to user configuration (frame relay connection configuration) or FAX/modem upgrade, but it is unlikely due to the low rate of change and the low probability that a locked node will receive a second request to lock. The memory leak is most likely to be observed in networks which have PCM, ADPCM, or LDCELP connections, and have adaptive voice enabled (cnfswfunc) because the bandwidth lock abort message is broadcast to all nodes.

Workaround:

Use cnfswfunc to disable 'Adaptive Voice'. Switch CC after disabling adaptive voice to free any leaked memory.

If adaptive voice cannot be disabled, monitor the network for memory accumulation and switch CC if memory accumulation is observed. Use existing memory accumulation maintenance guidelines to determine when a switch CC should be performed. Existing audit scripts for SW release 8.4.xx will need to be modified for changes to the memory display screens.

Further Problem Description:

The SWSW will be changed to not leak memory when a node which is locked for a bandwidth update change receives a message to abort the bandwidth update lock.

CSCdm47814

Symptom:

Software error 9000, indicating an improperly aborted selftest, after uptrk or upln on a UXM.

Condition:

No special condition.

Workaround:

Turn off the selftest or wait for it to finish when activating the card.

CSCdm48694

Symptom:

CMGUI for the ATM ports of a BXM card is not available. The message "No ports on this card" is printed on selecting the pop-up port for the card.

Condition:

BXM card is a yred card and the command "switchyred" was given for this card to change the status of the primary card to standby.

Workaround:

switchyred back to the primary card (if possible) should solve the problem.

CSCdm49385

Symptom:

In case of Controller Card Redundancy, hitless rebuild may cause switchover and new standby card may never come out of hitless rebuild.

Condition:

During Hitless Rebuild if some null pointer/ memory corruption is detected, which in turn again triggers hitless rebuild and so on.

Workaround:

Force FULL REBUILD on standby card

CSCdm49988

Symptom:

BXM cards went to mismatch when upgraded BPX nodes from 9.1 to 9.2.01.

Condition:

The cards upgraded firmware from MCC to MDA were OK in 9.1.08 until upgraded to 9.2.01.

Workaround:

Provided the memory patched to correct the pg_max_lcns = 16352; (16320)

CSCdm51212

Symptom:

300000 Abort logged on the standby BCC of a BPX node with 16K connections

Condition:

If a full rebuild is done on a BPX node having a card with all 16,000 connections on the same card.

Workaround:

Not to have 16K connections on the card. With 15K connections on the card and no other connection on the node, this symptom has not been seen.

CSCdm54599

Symptoms:

This problem is likely to manifest after a switchcc or an upgrade and results in loss of continuity to a large number of connections.

Workarounds:

The best way is to clean up the database manually (change memory) Other things are more drastic and not fool-proof, including deltrk / addtrk, and node rebuild.

CSCdm54814

Symptom:

There are several symptoms of this defect as follows:

- After a rebuild or switch over software error 549, 886 and 2071's are logged.

- One or more software error 928's are logged when a UXM line is upped.

- The switch indicates that "Maximum number of logical ports exceeds" but there are fewer than 65 UXM lines up.

- A UXM line disappears from the 'dsplns' output after a rebuild or switch over.

Conditions:

This can occur on an IGX that has frame relay lines (FRM, UFM, etc.) as well as ATM lines (UXM), a rebuild is done and then lines are deleted.

See Further Description for more information on how this can come about.

Workaround:

This problem is essentially caused by the logical line and logical port databases getting out of synch with each other (see Further Description).

The defect resolution for CSCdm43412 has corrected the code so that these databases can no longer get out of synch. However, once the databases are out of synch, they will remain out of synch and cause the symptoms mentioned above until the databases are cleaned up as follows:

1) Do a dsplns to obtain a listing of all of the IGX's lines.

2) Filter out all of the lines that are not UXM lines.

3) Do a 'dsplogcd 10 slot' for each slot that has these lines, and obtain the logical port number from page 3's output.

Find the logical port number for each line

4) Sort the logical ports in ascending order to make the next step easier.

---Now comes the tedious part, finding the corrupted logical port entries---

5) For each logical port entry (1-64) that IS NOT being used for a line, do the following steps.

6) If the slot is 33, but the port state is other than 0, then we have an entry that will eventually cause a 928.

Note all such logical port entries.

7) If the slot is not 33, then we have an orphaned logical port, which will never be deallocated, and will decrease the total number of ports that can be upped on the switch.

Note all such logical port entries.

---- Now comes the cleanup -----

Background: When we allocate a UXM line, we start at the first logical port entry and search for the first available, logical port. The logical port is available if its slot value is a 33 and its state is 0, inactive.

We will need to up lines so that there are no "free-log-port-holes" in the logical port database.

I.E. Suppose you had 3 line up and they used logical ports 1, 3 and 6. Moreover, suppose you had 4 corrupted logical port entries (an orphan or one that will cause a 928) and these 4 corrupted logical ports where at 2, 7, 8 and 9.

Then the "used" logical port entries would be 1, 2, 3, 6, 7, 8 and 9 and "free-log-port-holes" would be at 4 and 5. This means that the next two lines that are upped will use 4 and then 5, respectively. To be able to clean up corrupted entries 7, 8 and 9, we will need to up two lines to fill the "free-log-port-hole".

To cleanup we need to get the on-line and BRAM databases in synch, which can be done as follows:

CSCdm54814 - continued

8) Up lines to fill the free logical port holes.

9) Starting with the largest corrupted logical port entry we found and working backwards, do the following:

a) Invoke 'dlprt' on the logical port entry, and obtain the memory address of the logical port entry from the field "Address:"

b) The memory location for the slot field is (address + 42), do a patch memory to change the value to a 0x21 (33). This sets the slot to NULL_CD.

c) The memory location for the port state is (address + 4), do a patch memory to change the value to a 0x00. This sets the port state to 0 (inactive).

d) Up a line -- it should use this logical port entry. Validate that it uses this entry by doing a 'dlprt' on the entry. The slot and port should match what the line just upped.

e) down the line you just upped. This will remove the software and BRAM entries for this line and logical port entry, and update the standby so that its software and BRAM are also up to date.

This logical port entry has now been cleaned.

f) Repeat the above steps for each corrupted logical port entry, working from the largest to the smallest corrupted logical port entry.

Further Description:

Prior to the fix for CSCdm43412 we could get the logical line and logical port databases out of sync, as follows:

logical line logical port

upln FRP 1 n/a

upln UXM 13.4 2 1

upln UXM 13.2 3 2

Then when a rebuild, or switchover occurs the UXM's logical ports will get out of sync. as follows:

logical line logical port

upln FRP 1 n/a

upln UXM 13.4 2 2 <<<<<

upln UXM 13.2 3 3 <<<<<

Now if we do a down line on 13.4 it will also deallocate the logical port #2, which really belongs to line 13.2. We are now in a state where 13.2 has its logical line entry, but its logical port entry is no longer there. Moreover, the logical port entry #1 has no corresponding logical line entry.

Now if we load an image that has the fix for CSCdm43412 in it, when we rebuild or switch over we will correctly set the logical ports, however, for line 13.2, it no longer has a logical port entry. So software will log a 549, and later 886's and 2071's will be logged, for the same reason.

Moreover when an upln is done we attempt to retrieve the first available logical port entry, as indicated by its slot being NULL_SLOT (33). We will stumble across the logical port entry that was incorrectly de-allocated when we downed line 13.4 earlier, but we also check the corresponding configured bit -- it should be cleared -- but the bit is set because this entry was not correctly de-allocated. The result is that a 928 gets logged.

Problems Fixed in Release 9.2.01

The following is the list of fixed anomalies in the 9.2.01 Switch Software delivery. Included with each is a brief discussion of the problem.

Bug ID Description

CSCdj15839

Symptom:

False power supply over voltage or under voltage alarms reported

Condition:

A bogus minor alarm is generated on IGXs running 8.2.10 for power supplies with hardware revisions AR and AS. The commands dspalms and dsppwr show the problem.

Workaround:

Run the command 'off2 8'. This will disable all monitoring of the power supply, not just voltage. Fail status, temperature, and voltage will not be collected if "Power Supply Monitor" is disabled.

Another workaround is to downgrade to a power supply with a hardware revision below AM (but NOT AM).

Additional Information:

With this fix in place, voltages and alarms are properly reported for nodes with PEMs installed in all PEM slots; however, a minor alarm will be reported for an empty PEM slot. Please see DDTS document CSCdm14418 for further information.

CSCdj31366

Symptom:

The clrcnf command does not utilize a double confirmation prompt prior to acting on the users instructions. The warning message is also based on an understanding of the node/switch management operations.

Workaround:

Do not issue the clrcnf command unless there is the desire to erase the database and cause the node/switch to be removed from operations.

Correction:

An enhanced display screen with flashing lights and detailed operational messages in used in conjunction with a double confirmation prompting input request.

CSCdk21503

Symptom:

Software error 921 may be logged when accessing atmTrunkStatsTable using SNMP get operation on an AIT/BTM/ALM trunk.

Conditions:

The above software error is logged when the above MIB variable is being accessed via an SNMP get operation on IGX/IPX node.

Work Around: None.

CSCdk28204

Symptom:

A software error 526 appears if a card failure event log string is longer than what can fit on the display screen.

Conditions:

This problem can be created if a dspswlog is done for the screen on which the long string is present.

Workaround:

None

CSCdk29850

Symptom:

The protocol type value for an FRP port in the Cisco WAN Manager database is 0.

Conditions:

Whenever a FRP port is added to the node, the Cisco WAN Manager data base is updated and receives a message with the protocol type field in it. This field can have the value 1.

Workaround:

Treat the value 1 as a "Non signalling value" (2)

CSCdk32046

Symptom:

E1 CCS Frame relay lines continue to send Yellow alarm to the remote end after a failure (red alarm) due to cnfclnsigparm 9 being set to 'YES'.

Conditions:

When an E1 configured for CCS fails and cnfclnsigparm 9 is set to Y. The E1 line will send yellow alarm to the remote end and will continue to do so even after LOS Red alarm is cleared.

Workaround:

Issue cnfclnsigparm 9 N to disable: 9 CDP & CIP Condition CCS Lines? [YES]

CSCdk40766

Symptom:

The modem session for an UVM connection failed.

Conditions:

The modem session always fails for a local (dax) UVM connection. About 5% chance of failure for an inter-node connection.

Workaround:

No work-around.

CSCdk47079

Symptom:

Software tries to access the invalid memory entry cause the ABORT when user executes the dth command.

Condition:

While doing the dth command, and the memory is corrupt thus cause the switch abort. Software error 1000003 is logged.

Workaround:

Make sure you clean up the unexpected event first. Do cth then dth.

CSCdk52672

Symptom:

If a connection is added from a node to some other node which had just done a switchcc, the connection gets deleted.

Conditions:

The slave endpoint of the connection should be on a node which just did a switchcc.

Workaround:

Connection additions should be done approximately 10 minutes after switchcc.

CSCdk56688

Symptom:

When trying to execute the command hipri, get the error messages. Correct the earlier error and then execute it, it may come up with another error and so on.

Conditions:

Need to execute the hipri command when it's supposed to work.

Workaround:

Login into the control port with the proper privileged level and then execute the command hipri as the first command immediately after login. This really isn't the workaround, just the way it's supposed to be.

CSCdk69440

Symptom:

'dspprf' shows IDLE very low when many UVM cards in IGX chassis with switch software 9.1.04

Conditions:

'dspprf' is as low as 27%

Workaround:

When turning off either 'off2 1' or 'off2 10' or 'off1 16' parameters the idle time rises to over 70%.

Disabling Modem Test (off1 16) will disable modem upgrade detection capability on the node.

CSCdk69498

Symptom:

The A-Bit status of a connection is not correctly displayed on LMI failure at the user end over a frame relay NNI link.

Conditions:

Environment is not an issue as this happens on the customers network and in the LAB with just a single node. This problem has only been seen on 9.1.03 and 9.1.04, although it is suspected in all releases of 9.1, 8.2 and 8.5 have been tested and work correctly.

Workaround:

None

CSCdk72199

Symptom:

Trunk Capacity is not displayed correctly on a DSPLOAD of an IMA group. Trunk on UXM and IMA T-1 Back cards. One end of the IMA trunk shows a reduction in available receive bandwidth though all physical lines are clear of alarms. Connections fail if their bandwidth requirements exceed the available bandwidth on the reduced side.

Conditions:

This has been observed when IMA physical line failure and repair events occur in rapid succession.

Workaround:

Three possible workarounds are available:

1. Call TAC and have them issue manual updates 2 command.

2. Delete and re-add the trunk, if possible.

3. Set the number of retained links equal to the total number of physical lines in the IMA trunk group. If the loading problem was encountered, workaround 1 or 2 must be done first.

CSCdk74438

Symptom:

The job does not take 8/8 option.

Conditions:

N/A

Workaround:

Manually create the connection.

CSCdk82927

Symptom:

Slow response and time-outs when telnetting from CAT5000 or NMS workstation to IGX switch LAN port running 9.1.04. Most of telnet sessions disconnect after 5 minutes. Average delay is between 3-4 seconds for telnet connect.

Conditions:

Relatively new switch without large quantity of traffic running on it. telnet, tcp, nwip, and snmp are set to defaults. Lan is configured with IP, subnet, gateway, and default port number. Switchcc does not increase telnet connect time.

Workaround:

Telnet from a NMS workstation with acceptable telnet delay set above 4 seconds.

CSCdk83511

Symptom:

When issuing a 'tstconseg' on a connection endpoint, the software passes a returned F5 OAM Segment loopback with a correlation tag different from what was sent. This is in violation of ATM Forum specification UNI 3.1 section 3.5.3.2 But CLI indicates test passed.

Conditions:

BPX switch software: 9.1.04

BXM firmware: M.B.Y

'tstconseg' on a connection endpoint

Workaround:

None

Further Problem Description:

Non-compliant with ATM forum, ITU and Belcore specifications.

CSCdk87005

Symptom:

The addcon command using the avoid satellite links in 8.5 and 9.1 needs to have all the optional parameters entered as stars before the *s can be used.

i.e.

addcon 8.1.100 igx32-1 9.1.100 4 * * * * * * * * *s

Shouldn't need the starts for optional parameters.

Condition:

Always happens

Workaround:

Use the full command for specifying restrictions (with the *'s for the optional parameters).

CSCdk91395

Symptom:

A vague error message ("BW PARAMS: Unknown response (xx)") is returned to user when a connection's remote PCR value is configured to a value higher than the maximum port speed.

Condition:

This happens when the cnfcon command is executed.

Workaround:

None

CSCdk92892

Symptom:

There is no obvious symptom when this problem occurs. This problem consumes more trunk bandwidth than what the connection needs.

Conditions:

This problem occurs to the G729 connection only. The problem occurs when a FAX session is terminated from active state. When a G729 connection upgrade to the FAX session its bandwidth is configured to be 64Kps. When the FAX session is over, the connection's bandwidth should be configured back to 8Kps. But due to the software bug the connection's bandwidth remains in 64Kps.

Workaround:

dncon and then upcon.

Further Problem Description:

There will be no any problem to the connection when this problem occurs. The only problem is that the system bandwidth is not used efficiently.

CSCdm05373

Symptom:

Most of time no specific symptom shows up. Sometime channel configuration may be corrupted.

Conditions:

When a channel configuration changes this problem may occur. But if the default channel configuration is used then there is no problem.

Workaround:

Reconfigure the channel again.

CSCdm07825

Symptom:

When the customer enables TFTP interval statistics with an invalid configuration the switch logs a 2065 and the SCM receives the following error string:

Node=l2a Undefined TFTP Error num=28 text=021, Bucket interval (5m/300s) is not a multiple of Invalid obj type polling interval(900s)

Condition:

This will occur when the customer attempts to enable statistics with an invalid bucket interval. Bucket intervals must be a multiple of the switches largest polling interval.

i.e If the switches largest polling interval is 15 minutes and 5 minute buckets are enabled, then that would trigger this error.

Impact:

This has minimal customer impact. The switch is logging a software error because it cannot correctly formulate the return error string. This then means that instead of telling the customer which object type has the largest polling interval it will say "Invalid obj type". However, it still specifies how large the largest polling interval is, therefore the customer still has enough information to correct the problem.

Workaround:

None

CSCdm10020

Symptom:

Both the BPX routing node and the IGX feeder node are at 9.1 level. After upgrading the IGX feeder node to 9.2, the LMI communication between the 9.1 BPX routing node and 9.2 IGX feeder node is broken.

Conditions:

The problem only occurs when the feeder node is a 9.2 IGX and the routing node is a 9.1 BPX.

Work around:

Upgrade the BPX routing node to 9.2 before upgrading the IGX feeder node to 9.2.

CSCdm13012

Symptom:

Upping the 32nd log interface results in BXM cards going into failed state.

Condition:

BXM supports only 31 Log Interfaces per card. But software allows 32 logical interfaces (31 virtual trunk and 1 port). Bringing up the 32nd log interface will result in card going into failed state.

Workaround:

Bring down the last port/trunk which was upped and reset the card. Make sure that we do not configure more than 31 log interface per card.

CSCdm15043

Symptom:

There may exist dangling lcns, which indicate one less connection to add on the card.

Conditions:

There are two conditions when this may happen:

1. If addcon fails with "Warning: Inconsistent shift mode"

2. After executing the command rbldcondb, if there are software errors 614 & 612.

Workaround:

Switchcc will clean up the dangling lcns.

CSCdm16904

Symptom:

Processor card repeatedly sends message 0x52 to the UXM card for all the dax connections.

Condition: Dax connections are added on an IGX node, with %Util less than 100. Switchover is performed.

Workaround:

Dax connections cannot have %Util less than 100. Do not add dax connections with %Util less than 100.

CSCdm17109

Symptoms:

Software error 526 appears in the error table.

Description:

This can be caused by running certain user commands, such as dsptrkerrs. The problem occurs when the command is run on a trunk or physical line with a long address, so the address does not fit in the space available. This causes a minor alignment problem in the display.

Workaround:

The software error 526 is not an indication of any problem beyond the display misalignment. Just clear the error table.

CSCdm20480

Symptom:

Incorrect card state

Conditions:

When a failed UFM card is exchanged with another UFM, this problem occured.

Workaround:

Remove the card and plug the card back in.

CSCdm20716

Symptom:

When switching controller cards, some connections for which this node is a VIA or SLAVE node may reroute.

Conditions:

Occurrence is related to the presence of Virtual Path Cons (VPC). When a switchcc is done on a slave or via node for a VPC, there is a chance that one unrelated con could reroute for every VPC. There is also a chance that the VPC may reroute. Graceful upgrade of a node can cause this to happen, too.

Details:

VPCs may have conids that are duplicates of conids assigned to VCCs. The VPC conid space is managed separately from the VCC space. Trunk translate verification of the neighbor update message currently tries to match the trunk xlat entry from the VCC space against the con info for the VPC. This inevitably does not match, and the VCC con is rerouted. When there is no VCC con with a conid matching the VPC, no con is rerouted, though a swerr 331 occurs if the Neighbor Update Debug switch is on.

Cons appear to recover properly after the reroutes.

Workaround:

None

CSCdm22316

Symptom:

Traffic going out of the vsi feeder endpoint will be mapped to the wrong vpi/vci.

Conditions:

A connection is added from a VSI feeder endpoint to any other endpoint. Traffic is passing from the other endpoint to the VSI feeder endpoint.

Workaround:

There is no workaround for this.

CSCdm23206

Symptom:

Command cnfcon gives the following error message: "Extraneous value entered, ignore and continue (y/n)? "

Condition:

Command cnfcon was given for an ATM non-dax connection, such that all the parameters were entered on the command line at the same time, rather than entering one by one.

Workaround:

None. However the problem is harmless unless you need to give cnfcon in a script file. Just press 'y' and enter the value of the parameter 'Trunk Cell Routing Restrict' if/when prompted. Command would work fine.

CSCdm23489

Description:

After a graceful upgrade from 9.1 to 9.2, connections throughout the network were manually downed and then upped using the UI commands dncon and upcon. Most of these tests completed successfully. However, on one node, not all of the conns were successfully upped, and a software error 514 was logged.

Workaround:

It is not clear whether there could be a problem with either the dncon or upcon command. Use them only when necessary.

CSCdm23669

Symptom:

The port got the wrong value FFFFFFFF. This value is out of range of the port number allow.

Condition: This happen when a trunk is deleted. It happen for 9.2.0I in regression network

Workaround:

None

CSCdm24282

Symptom:

Software error 1000003 logged.

Condition: Command cnfch was executed for a BNI trunk.

Workaround:

None

CSCdm25268

Symptom:

After upgrading from 9.1 to 9.2 The feeders are in loop.

Conditions:

The problem only happens after an upgrade from 9.1 to 9.2 on a BPX/IGX node with feeder(s) attached.

Workaround:

None

CSCdm25595

Symptom:

Upon upgrade (9.1.09 to 9.2.0J) some connections were seen by the dspcons command but not seen using the dspcon command.

Conditions:

None

Workaround:

If the problem is that of dangling logical endpoints. They can be deleted by deleting and re-adding the connection

CSCdm26897

Symptom:

Free the memory for IP relay message.

Condition:

This problem is seen when Cisco WAN Manager continuously ping the SES feeder over an UXM feeder trunk. The memory allocated for these message was not free correctly.

Workaround:

The problem will not occur if there is no ping message from Cisco WAN Manager to the SES feeder.

CSCdm27681

Symptom:

YRED UXM/IMA trunk cards came up as mismatch after graceful upgrade from 9.1 to 9.2.

Conditions:

UXM cards are burned with 9.2 UXM firmware before the upgrade.

IMA compliance is a new attribute in 9.2. When the switch is gracefully upgraded to 9.2, only non YRED IMA trunk cards inherit the new attribute while the YRED pair will flag the mismatch condition.

Work Around:

Delete the YRED pair before the graceful upgrade Re-add YRED after the graceful upgrade.

CSCdm28561

Symptom:

Software error 4225, 614, 534, 612, 4208, and 3058 are logged. As mentioned in the Eng-note and Description, the 4225 error caused the rest of the errors to be logged.

Condition:

The 4225 error was logged on a node which has jobs that do switchcc, full/hitless rebuilds, delcon/addcon, and rrtcon.

WorkAround:

None

CSCdm28721

Symptoms:

Software error 532 logged.

Conditions:

Run deltrk with invalid slot number between 16 and 32

Workaround:

None

CSCdm29043

Symptom:

Card error 0x25010022 appears.

Conditions:

A BXM with APS 1+1 trks/lines configured reports card errors when node rebuilds.

Work around.

None needed, should self correct, and program correctly when active card is configured.

Description: The standby card is being configured and programs the active card's card redundancy channel before that card is ready, causing card errors.

CSCdm29706

Symptom:

To configure HCF shift to "on" or "off" on a port, the connections must be deleted and the port downed and upped.

Workaround:

Delete all the connections, down the port, change the parameter, up the port, and re-add all the connections.

CSCdm30018

Symptom:

The "Trunk cell routing restriction" may not be prompted for ATM connections when executing the addcon command.

Condition:

This happens only on IGX and occurs intermittently (may or may not happen).

Workaround:

If connection is being added between IGX-BPX, execute the addcon from the BPX side.

For an IGX-IGX connection, there is no workaround. The trunk cell routing restriction will be set to FALSE except for VPC connections.

CSCdm30262

Problem:

When we have vtrk up on one port and then we up a trunk (vtrk) with multiple ports grouped i.e. IMA trunk, we can add the above port and IMA port group by "cnftrk" command. This should not be allowed as the port where we upped the vtrk before upping an IMA trunk, belongs to different trunk.

Workaround:

Do not add ports in "cnftrk"-> IMA port group option, with vtrks

upped on those ports and are not part of this IMA group.

CSCdm30359

Symptom:

addcon for a dax path connection fails with error "Local channel unavailable".

Condition:

Tried to add a dax path connection as follows:

>addcon a.b.c.* <node_name> x.y.z.*

Where a connection such as x.y.c.d already existed where c is not equal to z and d can have any value.

Workaround:

- Delete the connection x.y.c.d if possible or

- Change the vpi of a.b.c.* to a value say 'n' such that connection x.y.n.d does not exist, where 'd' could be any number.

CSCdm30608

Symptom:

Software error 55 (BAD_CD_TYPE), after using addalmslot on an ARM card. There are more subtle problems, such as line statistics not being polled / responded to properly, and other statistics related errors occurring. The database becomes corrupted for a slot (usually 4, but could be 12,20, or 28) The corruption can be seen by doing dspcmi l <slot>

Workaround:

Don't use addalmslot; or, don't use above mentioned slots. If those slots must be used, then activate the slots after addalmslot has been done.

CSCdm31674

Symptom:

In a T1 (CCS) environment, IGX cannot notify PBXs of a connection failure within the network.

Conditions:

In a T1 (CCS) environment -- in which T1 channels do not use Robbed Bit Signalling (RBS), and channels status information is conveyed between PBXs in a d-channel -- IGX cannot notify the PBXs of a connection failure within the network since the d-channel is carried transparently through the IGX network.

Workaround:

None

Further Problem Description:

In a voice E1 CCS environment, there is an super-user IGX command to handle this situation: cnfclnsigparm, option 9. If the option is enabled, IGX generates an alarm for a whole circuit lines if any channel connection in that line is failed in the IGX network.

CSCdm32384

Symptom:

Comm. fail or no continuity on connections after switchcc or hitless rebuild.

Condition: The comm. fail happens because a blind channel LCN was reallocated to a routing channel on a BXM card when the node is in switchcc or hitless rebuild mode. BXM routing channel rebuild is done a little later after local rebuild is done which leaves a window of possible LCN reallocation and may cause either comm. fail or no continuity on connections.

Workaround:

Avoid rerouting or adding connections while the node is in switchcc or hitless rebuild.

CSCdm33967

Symptom:

After upgrading from 9.1 to 9.2.00 some BXM trunks go briefly into Comm Fail.

Conditions:

There is definitely a race condition here. Otherwise the rule is that a trunk s.p goes into Comm Fail, if trunk s.(p-1) exists.

Workaround:

None

Further Problem Description:

All Comm Fails are caused by data mismatches due to a change in 9.2 that moves up transparent channel programming by one channel.

CSCdm34282

Symptom:

The maximum route cost of a connection could be incorrect after a graceful upgrade from release 9.1 to 9.2.

Conditions:

This problem only happens during 9.1 to 9.2 graceful upgrade.

Work around:

Re-configure the maximum route cost of a connection by using the CLI cnfrtcost.

Additional Deliverables

SNMP MIB:

The SNMP IGX/BPX switch SNMP MIB is being provided with the delivery of Release 9.2.20 Switch Software. The MIB is in standard ASN.1 format and is located in the ASCII text files agent.m, ilmi.m, ilmi_ctl.m, ilmiaddr.m, switch.m, swtraps.m, and errors.m which are included in the same directory as the Switch Software images. These files may be compiled with most standards-based MIB compilers.

Switch MIB changes of Release 9.2

The following Switch MIB changes were introduced in Release 9.2.

The following tables have been changed with Obsolete objects, Changed objects, and New objects.

atmPortTable:

This table provides the manager a detailed view of the ATM ports available on the switch.

New object:

. atmPortHcfShift

Modified object:

.atmPortEntry

atmPortQueueTable

Modified objects:

.atmPortQueueType

atmEndptTable:

Modified object:

. atmEndptDesc

.atmOtherEndptDesc

.atmEndptSubType

.atmEndptMCR

atmBwClassTable

Modified objects:

.atmBwClassConType

switchShelf

New objects:

shelfCnfgFBTC

The following objects are under the branch of shelf information:

shelfSlotInfoTable:

Modified objects:

.slotBackType

. slotFrontNumPort

.slotBackSonetMode

sonetIfTable:

Modified object:

.sonetIfType

atmTrunks table

Modified objects:

.atmTrkType

.atmTrkTrafCls

Default Values

BPX 8600 Nodes

The default values for BXM and Enhanced-BXM cards are the same.

sw167          TN    SuperUser       BPX 8620  9.2.30    Date/Time Not Set      
                                                                                
                           System-Wide Parameters                               
                                                                                
1  Max Time Stamped Packet Age (msec) ................................   32     
2  Fail Connections On Communication Break ...........................   No     
3  Max Network Delay for `v' connections (msec).......................   14     
4  Max Network Delay for `c' connections (msec).......................   27     
5  Max Network Delay for `t' & `p' connections (msec).................   14     
6  Max Network Delay for `a' connections (msec).......................   27     
7  Max Network Delay for High Speed Data connections (msec)...........   32     
8  Max Network Delay for CDP-CDP `v' connections (msec)...............   64     
9  Max Network Delay for CDP-CDP `c' connections (msec)...............   64     
10 Max Network Delay for CDP-CDP `t' & `p' connections (msec).........   64     
11 Max Network Delay for CDP-CDP `a' connections (msec)...............   64     
12 Max Network Delay for CDP-CDP High Speed Data connections (msec)...   64     
13 Enable Discard Eligibility.........................................   No     
14 Use Frame Relay Standard Parameters Bc and Be......................   No     
15 Max Local Delay for Interdom CDP-CDP `v' conns (msec)..............   27     
16 Max Local Delay for Interdom CDP-CDP `c' conns (msec)..............   27     
17 Max Local Delay for Interdom CDP-CDP `t' & `p' conns (msec)........   27     
18 Max Local Delay for Interdom CDP-CDP `a' conns (msec)..............   27     
19 Max Local Delay for Interdom CDP-CDP High Speed Data conns (msec)..   27     
20 Max Local Delay for Interdom High Speed Data conns (msec)..........   28     
21 FastPAD Jitter Buffer Size  (msec).................................   15     
22 Number of Consecutive Invalid Login Attempts to Cause Major Alarm .    0     
23 Enable Connection Deroute Delay feature............................   No     
24 Interval Statistics polling rate for ATM VCs.......................    5     
25 Interval Statistics polling rate for ports on IPX/IGX 8400 nodes...    5     
                                                                                
This Command: cnfsysparm                                                        
 
sw167          TN    SuperUser       BPX 8620  9.2.30    Date/Time Not Set      
                                                                                
1  Update Initial Delay   [ 5000] (D)   16 TFTP Memory (x 10KB)   [   61] (D)   
2  Update Per-Node Delay  [30000] (D)   17 Standby Update Timer   [   10] (D)   
3  Comm-Break Test Delay  [30000] (D)   18 Stby Updts Per Pass    [   50] (D)   
4  Comm-Break Test Offset [   10] (D)   19 Gateway ID Timer       [   30] (D)   
5  Network Timeout Period [ 1700] (D)   20 GLCON Alloc Timer      [   30] (D)   
6  Network Inter-p Period [ 4000] (D)   21 Comm Fail Delay        [   60] (D)   
7  NW Sliding Window Size [    1] (D)   22 Nw Hdlr Timer (msec)   [   50] (D)   
8  Num Normal Timeouts    [    7] (D)   23 SAR CC Transmit Rate   [  560] (D)   
9  Num Inter-p Timeouts   [    3] (D)   24 SAR High Transmit Rate [  280] (D)   
10 Num Satellite Timeouts [    6] (D)   25 SAR Low Transmit Rate  [   56] (D)   
11 Num Blind Timeouts     [    4] (D)   26 SAR VRAM Cngestn Limit [ 7680] (D)   
12 Num CB Msg Timeouts    [    5] (D)   27 SAR VRAM Cell Discard  [  256] (D)   
13 Comm Fail Interval     [10000] (D)   28 ASM Card Cnfged        [    Y] (Y/N) 
14 Comm Fail Multiplier   [    3] (D)   29 TFTP Grant Delay (sec) [    1] (D)   
15 CC Redundancy Cnfged   [    Y] (Y/N) 30 TFTP ACK Timeout (sec) [   10] (D)   
31 TFTP Write Retries     [    3] (D)   46 Max Htls Rebuild Count [  100] (D)   
32 SNMP Event logging     [    Y] (Y/N) 47 Htls Counter Reset Time[ 1000] (D)   
33 Job Lock Timeout       [   60] (D)   48 Send Abit early        [    N] (Y/N) 
34 Max Via LCONs          [50000] (D)   49 Abit Tmr Multiplier  M [    0] (D)   
35 Max Blind Segment Size [ 3570] (D)   50 Abit Tmr Granularity N [    3] (D)   
36 Max XmtMemBlks per NIB [ 3000] (D)   51 FBTC with PPDPolicing  [    N] (Y/N) 
37 Max Mem on Stby Q (%)  [   33] (D)                                           
38 Stat Config Proc Cnt   [ 1000] (D)                                           
39 Stat Config Proc Delay [ 2000] (D)                                           
40 Enable Degraded Mode   [    Y] (Y/N)                                         
41 Trk Cell Rtng Restrict [    Y] (Y/N)                                         
42 Enable Feeder Alert    [    N] (Y/N)                                         
43 Reroute on Comm Fail   [    N] (Y/N)                                         
44 Auto Switch on Degrade [    Y] (Y/N)                                         
45 Max Degraded Aborts    [  100] (D)                                           
                                                                                
This Command: cnfnodeparm                                                       
                                                                                
sw167          TN    SuperUser       BPX 8620  9.2.30    Date/Time Not Set      
                                                                                
Index Status    Function                                                        
                                                                                
1     Enabled   Automatic TRK Loopback Test on Local/Remote Alarms              
2     Enabled   User Command Logging                                            
3     Enabled   Automatic Card Reset on Hardware Error                          
4     Enabled   Card Error Record Wraparound                                    
5     Disabled  Card Test After Failure                                         
6     Disabled  Download From Remote Cisco StrataView Plus                      
7     Disabled  Logging of conn events in local event log                       
8     Disabled  Logging of conn events in Cisco StrataView Plus  event log      
9     Disabled  Force Download From a Specific IP address                       
                                                                                
This Command: cnffunc                                                           
                                                                                
sw167          TN    SuperUser       BPX 8620  9.2.30    Date/Time Not Set      
                                                                                
Index Status    Function                                                        
                                                                                
1     Disabled  Configuration Save/Restore                                      
2     Disabled  ForeSight                                                       
3     Disabled  Multiple VTs (1 session enabled)                                
4     Disabled  Virtual Trunks                                                  
5     Disabled  ABR standard with VSVD                                          
                                                                                
This Command: cnfswfunc                                                         
                                                                                
sw167          TN    SuperUser       BPX 8620  9.2.30    Date/Time Not Set      
                                                                                
1  Normalization Interval    [    2] (D)                                        
2  Max Number To Normalize   [    5] (D)                                        
3  Normalization Logging     [   No]                                            
4  Settling Interval         [    4] (D)                                        
5  Minimum Open Space        [ 1000] (D)                                        
6  Normalization Priority    [ Load]                                            
7  Load Sample Period        [    4] (D)                                        
8  Maximum Routing Bundle    [   90] (D)                                        
9  Reroute Timer             [    0] (secs)                                     
10 Reset Timer on Line Fail  [  Yes]                                            
11 Max Down/Up Per Pass      [   50] (D)                                        
12 Down/Up Timer             [30000] (msecs)                                    
13 Max Route Errs per cycle  [   50] (D)                                        
14 Time between Rrt cycles   [    5] (mins)                                     
15 Max. Rrt Err cycles       [   10] (D)                                        
16 Routing pause timer       [    0] (msecs)                                    
17 Max msgs sent per update  [   10] (D)                                        
18 Send SVC urgent msg       [   No]                                            
19 Max SVC Retry             [    0] (D)                                        
20 Wait for TBL Updates      [   70] (100 msecs)                                
21 Max Derouting Bndl (0=all)[  500] (D)                                        
22 Enable Cost-Based Routing [   No]                                            
23 Enable Route Cache Usage  [   No]                                            
24 Use Delay for Routing     [   No]                                            
25 # of reroute groups used  [   50] (D)                                        
26 Starting size of RR grps  [    0] (CLU)                                      
27 Increment between RR grps [  100] (CLU)                                      
                                                                                
This Command: cnfcmparm                                                         
                                                                                
sw167          TN    SuperUser       BPX 8620  9.2.30    Date/Time Not Set      
                                                                                
1  Rmt Blk Freq (msec)     [    100]    16 FW Dnld Msgs/Block(dec) [      4]    
2  Rmt Blk Size (hex)      [    400]    17 Flash Write TO(msec)    [  16000]    
3  Lcl Blk Freq (msec)     [    100]    18 Flash Erase TO(msec)    [    100]    
4  Lcl Blk Size (hex)      [    400]    19 Erase Verify TO(msec)   [  16000]    
5  Image Req Freq (msec)   [  10000]    20 Standby Flash TO(sec)   [    300]    
6  Dnld Req Freq (msec)    [  10000]    21 Lcl Flash Init TO(msec) [   1000]    
7  Session Timeout (msec)  [  30000]    22 Flsh Write Blk Sz (hex) [  10000]    
8  Request Hop Limit (dec) [      1]    23 Flsh Verfy Blk Sz (hex) [    400]    
9  Crc Throttle Freq (dec) [   5000]    24 Chips Per Write/Erase   [      1]    
10 Crc Block Size (hex)    [    400]                                            
11 Rev Change Wait(dec)    [      0]                                            
12 CCs Switch Wait(dec)    [   1000]                                            
13 Lcl Response TO(msec)   [   5000]                                            
14 Rmt Response TO(msec)   [  20000]                                            
15 FW Dnld Block TO(msec)  [     50]                                            
                                                                                
This Command: cnfdlparm                                                         
                                                                                
sw167          TN    SuperUser       BPX 8620  9.2.30    Date/Time Not Set      
                                                                                
1. Logout Time ........... 20 minutes                                           
2. VT Logout Time ........ 4 minutes                                            
3. Prompt Time ........... 60 seconds                                           
4. Command Time .......... 3 minutes                                            
5. UID Privilege Level ... 6                                                    
6. Input Character Echo .. Enabled                                              
7. Screen Update Time .... 10 seconds                                           
                                                                                
This Command: cnfuiparm                                                         
                                                                                
sw167          TN    SuperUser       BPX 8620  9.2.30    Date/Time Not Set      
                                                                                
Function            Number   Status      Function            Number   Status    
Background Upcard     1      Enabled     Conn Stat Sampling    15     Enabled   
Background Updates    2      Disabled    Neighbor Update Errs  16     Disabled  
Standby Terminal      3      Enabled                                            
Memory Protection     4      Enabled                                            
Comm Break            5      Enabled                                            
Comm Fail Test        6      Enabled                                            
CRC Test              7      Enabled                                            
Bus Fail Detection    8      Enabled                                            
Line Diag             9      Enabled                                            
Clock Restoral        10     Enabled                                            
Cm_Rerouting          11     Enabled                                            
Clock Routing         12     Enabled                                            
Dynamic BW Allocation 13     Enabled                                            
Modem Polling         14     Enabled                                            
                                                                                
This Command: on1                                                               
                                                                                
sw167          TN    SuperUser       BPX 8620  9.2.30    Date/Time Not Set      
                                                                                
Function            Number   Status      Function            Number   Status    
Line Stat Sampling    1      Enabled     Robust Alarm Updates  15     Enabled   
Statistical Alarm     2      Enabled     Realtime Counters     16     Enabled   
Job Ready Checker     3      Enabled     LAN Interface         17     Enabled   
Configuration Backup  4      Enabled     Update Standby Stats  18     Enabled   
Standby Update        5      Enabled     Telnet Access         19     Enabled   
Downloader            6      Enabled     Junction ID           20     Enabled   
Cm Updates            7      Enabled     Mult SV+/Routing Node 21     Disabled  
Topo/Stat Updates     8      Enabled     Simulated Fdr Trks    22     Disabled  
Card Statistical Alms 9      Enabled     Deroute Delay         23     Enabled   
Card Stat Sampling    10     Enabled     Auto Renum Fail Recov 24     Enabled   
Address Validation    11     Enabled     Card Simulation Tool  25     Disabled  
ASM Stats Polling     12     Enabled                                            
Port Stat Sampling    13     Enabled                                            
Robust Updates        14     Enabled                                            
                                                                                
This Command: on2                                                               
                                                                                
sw167          TN    SuperUser       BPX 8620  9.2.30    Date/Time Not Set      
                                                                                
Function            Number   Status                                             
Trace Msg Sent        1      Disabled                                           
Multi-DB Stby Updates 2      Enabled                                            
Trace Conv Msg        3      Disabled                                           
                                                                                
This Command: on3

BNI-T3: 

sw167          TN    SuperUser       BPX 8620  9.2.30    Date/Time Not Set      
                                                                                
TRK  3.1 Config    T3      [96000 cps]     BNI-T3 slot:  3                      
Transmit Rate:         96000               Line framing:          PLCP          
Protocol By The Card:  --                       coding:           --            
VC Shaping:            --                       CRC:              --            
Hdr Type NNI:          --                       recv impedance:   --            
Statistical Reserve:   1000    cps              cable type:                     
Idle code:             7F hex                         length:     0-225 ft.     
Connection Channels:   1771                Pass sync:             No            
Traffic:V,TS,NTS,FR,FST,CBR,NRT-VBR,ABR, T-VBR  clock:            No            
SVC Vpi Min:           --                  HCS Masking:           Yes           
SVC Channels:          0                   Payload Scramble:      No            
SVC Bandwidth:         0      cps          Frame Scramble:        --            
Restrict CC traffic:   No                  Virtual Trunk Type:    --            
Link type:             Terrestrial         Virtual Trunk VPI:     --            
Routing Cost:          10                  Deroute delay time:    0 seconds     
                                                                                
Last Command: dsptrkcnf 3.1                                                     
                                                                                
sw167          TN    SuperUser       BPX 8620  9.2.30    Date/Time Not Set      
                                                                                
TRK 3.1 Parameters                                                              
 1 Q Depth - rt-VBR    [  242] (Dec)    15 Q Depth   - CBR     [  600] (Dec)    
 2 Q Depth - Non-TS    [  360] (Dec)    16 Q Depth   - nrt-VBR [ 1000] (Dec)    
 3 Q Depth - TS        [ 1000] (Dec)    17 Q Depth   - ABR     [ 8878] (Dec)    
 4 Q Depth - BData A   [ 1000] (Dec)    18 Low  CLP  - CBR     [ 100] (%)       
 5 Q Depth - BData B   [ 8000] (Dec)    19 High CLP  - CBR     [ 100] (%)       
 6 Q Depth - High Pri  [ 1000] (Dec)    20 Low  CLP  - nrt-VBR [ 100] (%)       
 7 Max Age - rt-VBR    [   20] (Dec)    21 High CLP  - nrt-VBR [ 100] (%)       
 8 Red Alm - I/O (Dec) [  2500 /  15000]22 Low CLP/EPD-ABR     [  60] (%)       
 9 Yel Alm - I/O (Dec) [  2500 /  15000]23 High CLP  - ABR     [  80] (%)       
10 Low  CLP - BData A  [ 100] (%)       24 EFCN      - ABR     [  30] (%)       
11 High CLP - BData A  [ 100] (%)       25 SVC Queue Pool Size [    0] (Dec)    
12 Low  CLP - BData B  [  25] (%)                                               
13 High CLP - BData B  [  75] (%)                                               
14 EFCN     - BData B  [  30] (Dec)                                             
                                                                                
This Command: cnftrkparm 3.1

BNI-E3:

sw167          TN    SuperUser       BPX 8620  9.2.30    Date/Time Not Set      
                                                                                
TRK 10.1 Config    E3      [80000 cps]     BNI-E3 slot:  10                     
Transmit Rate:         80000               Line framing:          --            
Protocol By The Card:  --                       coding:           --            
VC Shaping:            --                       CRC:              --            
Hdr Type NNI:          --                       recv impedance:   --            
Statistical Reserve:   1000    cps              cable type:                     
Idle code:             7F hex                         length:     0-225 ft.     
Connection Channels:   1771                Pass sync:             No            
Traffic:V,TS,NTS,FR,FST,CBR,NRT-VBR,ABR, T-VBR  clock:            No            
SVC Vpi Min:           --                  HCS Masking:           Yes           
SVC Channels:          0                   Payload Scramble:      Yes           
SVC Bandwidth:         0      cps          Frame Scramble:        --            
Restrict CC traffic:   No                  Virtual Trunk Type:    --            
Link type:             Terrestrial         Virtual Trunk VPI:     --            
Routing Cost:          10                  Deroute delay time:    0 seconds     
                                                                                
Last Command: dsptrkcnf 10.1                                                    
                                                                                
sw167          TN    SuperUser       BPX 8620  9.2.30    Date/Time Not Set      
                                                                                
TRK 10.1 Parameters                                                             
 1 Q Depth - rt-VBR    [  202] (Dec)    15 Q Depth   - CBR     [  600] (Dec)    
 2 Q Depth - Non-TS    [  300] (Dec)    16 Q Depth   - nrt-VBR [ 1000] (Dec)    
 3 Q Depth - TS        [ 1000] (Dec)    17 Q Depth   - ABR     [ 8978] (Dec)    
 4 Q Depth - BData A   [ 1000] (Dec)    18 Low  CLP  - CBR     [ 100] (%)       
 5 Q Depth - BData B   [ 8000] (Dec)    19 High CLP  - CBR     [ 100] (%)       
 6 Q Depth - High Pri  [ 1000] (Dec)    20 Low  CLP  - nrt-VBR [ 100] (%)       
 7 Max Age - rt-VBR    [   20] (Dec)    21 High CLP  - nrt-VBR [ 100] (%)       
 8 Red Alm - I/O (Dec) [  2500 /  15000]22 Low CLP/EPD-ABR     [  60] (%)       
 9 Yel Alm - I/O (Dec) [  2500 /  15000]23 High CLP  - ABR     [  80] (%)       
10 Low  CLP - BData A  [ 100] (%)       24 EFCN      - ABR     [  30] (%)       
11 High CLP - BData A  [ 100] (%)       25 SVC Queue Pool Size [    0] (Dec)    
12 Low  CLP - BData B  [  25] (%)                                               
13 High CLP - BData B  [  75] (%)                                               
14 EFCN     - BData B  [  30] (Dec)                                             
                                                                                
This Command: cnftrkparm 10.1

BNI-155:

sw167          TN    SuperUser       BPX 8620  9.2.30    Date/Time Not Set      
                                                                                
TRK  6.1 Config    OC3     [353207cps]     BNI-155 slot: 6                      
Transmit Rate:         353208              Line framing:          STS-3C        
Protocol By The Card:  --                       coding:           --            
VC Shaping:            --                       CRC:              --            
Hdr Type NNI:          --                       recv impedance:   --            
Statistical Reserve:   1000    cps              cable type:       --            
Idle code:             7F hex                         length:     --            
Connection Channels:   16050               Pass sync:             No            
Traffic:V,TS,NTS,FR,FST,CBR,NRT-VBR,ABR, T-VBR  clock:            No            
SVC Vpi Min:           --                  HCS Masking:           Yes           
SVC Channels:          0                   Payload Scramble:      Yes           
SVC Bandwidth:         0      cps          Frame Scramble:        Yes           
Restrict CC traffic:   No                  Virtual Trunk Type:    --            
Link type:             Terrestrial         Virtual Trunk VPI:     --            
Routing Cost:          10                  Deroute delay time:    0 seconds     
                                                                                
Last Command: dsptrkcnf 6.1                                                     
                                                                                
sw167          TN    SuperUser       BPX 8620  9.2.30    Date/Time Not Set      
                                                                                
TRK 6.1 Parameters                                                              
 1 Q Depth - rt-VBR    [  885] (Dec)    15 Q Depth   - CBR     [  600] (Dec)    
 2 Q Depth - Non-TS    [ 1324] (Dec)    16 Q Depth   - nrt-VBR [ 1000] (Dec)    
 3 Q Depth - TS        [ 1000] (Dec)    17 Q Depth   - ABR     [15463] (Dec)    
 4 Q Depth - BData A   [ 1000] (Dec)    18 Low  CLP  - CBR     [ 100] (%)       
 5 Q Depth - BData B   [ 8000] (Dec)    19 High CLP  - CBR     [ 100] (%)       
 6 Q Depth - High Pri  [ 1000] (Dec)    20 Low  CLP  - nrt-VBR [ 100] (%)       
 7 Max Age - rt-VBR    [   20] (Dec)    21 High CLP  - nrt-VBR [ 100] (%)       
 8 Red Alm - I/O (Dec) [  2500 /  10000]22 Low CLP/EPD-ABR     [  60] (%)       
 9 Yel Alm - I/O (Dec) [  2500 /  10000]23 High CLP  - ABR     [  80] (%)       
10 Low  CLP - BData A  [ 100] (%)       24 EFCN      - ABR     [  30] (%)       
11 High CLP - BData A  [ 100] (%)       25 SVC Queue Pool Size [    0] (Dec)    
12 Low  CLP - BData B  [  25] (%)                                               
13 High CLP - BData B  [  75] (%)                                               
14 EFCN     - BData B  [  30] (Dec)                                             
                                                                                
This Command: cnftrkparm 6.1

BNI-155E:

sw167          TN    SuperUser       BPX 8620  9.2.30    Date/Time Not Set      
                                                                                
TRK  2.1 Config    OC3     [353207cps]     BNI-155 slot: 2                      
Transmit Rate:         353208              Line framing:          STS-3C        
Protocol By The Card:  --                       coding:           --            
VC Shaping:            --                       CRC:              --            
Hdr Type NNI:          --                       recv impedance:   --            
Statistical Reserve:   1000    cps              cable type:       --            
Idle code:             7F hex                         length:     --            
Connection Channels:   16050               Pass sync:             No            
Traffic:V,TS,NTS,FR,FST,CBR,NRT-VBR,ABR, T-VBR  clock:            No            
SVC Vpi Min:           --                  HCS Masking:           Yes           
SVC Channels:          0                   Payload Scramble:      Yes           
SVC Bandwidth:         0      cps          Frame Scramble:        Yes           
Restrict CC traffic:   No                  Virtual Trunk Type:    --            
Link type:             Terrestrial         Virtual Trunk VPI:     --            
Routing Cost:          10                  Deroute delay time:    0 seconds     
                                                                                
Last Command: dsptrkcnf 2.1                                                     
                                                                                
sw167          TN    SuperUser       BPX 8620  9.2.30    Date/Time Not Set      
                                                                                
TRK 2.1 Parameters                                                              
 1 Q Depth - rt-VBR    [  885] (Dec)    15 Q Depth   - CBR     [  600] (Dec)    
 2 Q Depth - Non-TS    [ 1324] (Dec)    16 Q Depth   - nrt-VBR [ 1000] (Dec)    
 3 Q Depth - TS        [ 1000] (Dec)    17 Q Depth   - ABR     [15463] (Dec)    
 4 Q Depth - BData A   [ 1000] (Dec)    18 Low  CLP  - CBR     [ 100] (%)       
 5 Q Depth - BData B   [ 8000] (Dec)    19 High CLP  - CBR     [ 100] (%)       
 6 Q Depth - High Pri  [ 1000] (Dec)    20 Low  CLP  - nrt-VBR [ 100] (%)       
 7 Max Age - rt-VBR    [   20] (Dec)    21 High CLP  - nrt-VBR [ 100] (%)       
 8 Red Alm - I/O (Dec) [  2500 /  10000]22 Low CLP/EPD-ABR     [  60] (%)       
 9 Yel Alm - I/O (Dec) [  2500 /  10000]23 High CLP  - ABR     [  80] (%)       
10 Low  CLP - BData A  [ 100] (%)       24 EFCN      - ABR     [  30] (%)       
11 High CLP - BData A  [ 100] (%)       25 SVC Queue Pool Size [    0] (Dec)    
12 Low  CLP - BData B  [  25] (%)                                               
13 High CLP - BData B  [  75] (%)                                               
14 EFCN     - BData B  [  30] (Dec)                                             
                                                                                
This Command: cnftrkparm 2.1

BXM-T3:

sw167          TN    SuperUser       BPX 8620  9.2.30    Date/Time Not Set      
                                                                                
TRK 12.1 Config    T3      [96000 cps]     BXM slot:     12                     
Transmit Rate:         96000               Line framing:          PLCP          
Protocol By The Card:  No                       coding:           --            
VC Shaping:            No                       CRC:              --            
Hdr Type NNI:          Yes                      recv impedance:   --            
Statistical Reserve:   1000    cps              cable type:       --            
Idle code:             7F hex                         length:     0-225 ft.     
Connection Channels:   256                 Pass sync:             No            
Traffic:V,TS,NTS,FR,FST,CBR,NRT-VBR,ABR, T-VBR  clock:            No            
SVC Vpi Min:           0                   HCS Masking:           Yes           
SVC Channels:          0                   Payload Scramble:      No            
SVC Bandwidth:         0      cps          Frame Scramble:        --            
Restrict CC traffic:   No                  Virtual Trunk Type:    --            
Link type:             Terrestrial         Virtual Trunk VPI:     --            
Routing Cost:          10                  Deroute delay time:    0 seconds     
                                                                                
Last Command: dsptrkcnf 12.1                                                    
 
sw167          TN    SuperUser       BPX 8620  9.2.30    Date/Time Not Set      
                                                                                
TRK 12.1 Parameters                                                             
 1 Q Depth - rt-VBR    [  242] (Dec)    15 Q Depth   - CBR     [  400] (Dec)    
 2 Q Depth - Non-TS    [  360] (Dec)    16 Q Depth   - nrt-VBR [ 5000] (Dec)    
 3 Q Depth - TS        [ 1000] (Dec)    17 Q Depth   - ABR     [10000] (Dec)    
 4 Q Depth - BData A   [ 8000] (Dec)    18 Low  CLP  - CBR     [  60] (%)       
 5 Q Depth - BData B   [ 8000] (Dec)    19 High CLP  - CBR     [  80] (%)       
 6 Q Depth - High Pri  [ 1000] (Dec)    20 Low  CLP  - nrt-VBR [  60] (%)       
 7 Max Age - rt-VBR    [   20] (Dec)    21 High CLP  - nrt-VBR [  80] (%)       
 8 Red Alm - I/O (Dec) [  2500 /  15000]22 Low CLP/EPD-ABR     [  60] (%)       
 9 Yel Alm - I/O (Dec) [  2500 /  15000]23 High CLP  - ABR     [  80] (%)       
10 Low  CLP - BData A  [ 100] (%)       24 EFCN      - ABR     [  20] (%)       
11 High CLP - BData A  [ 100] (%)       25 SVC Queue Pool Size [    0] (Dec)    
12 Low  CLP - BData B  [  25] (%)                                               
13 High CLP - BData B  [  75] (%)                                               
14 EFCN     - BData B  [  30] (Dec)                                             
                                                                                
This Command: cnftrkparm 12.1

BXM-E3:

sw167          TN    SuperUser       BPX 8620  9.2.30    Date/Time Not Set      
                                                                                
TRK 13.1 Config    E3      [80000 cps]     BXM slot:     13                     
Transmit Rate:         80000               Line framing:          --            
Protocol By The Card:  No                       coding:           --            
VC Shaping:            No                       CRC:              --            
Hdr Type NNI:          Yes                      recv impedance:   --            
Statistical Reserve:   1000    cps              cable type:       --            
Idle code:             7F hex                         length:     0-225 ft.     
Connection Channels:   256                 Pass sync:             No            
Traffic:V,TS,NTS,FR,FST,CBR,NRT-VBR,ABR, T-VBR  clock:            No            
SVC Vpi Min:           0                   HCS Masking:           Yes           
SVC Channels:          0                   Payload Scramble:      Yes           
SVC Bandwidth:         0      cps          Frame Scramble:        --            
Restrict CC traffic:   No                  Virtual Trunk Type:    --            
Link type:             Terrestrial         Virtual Trunk VPI:     --            
Routing Cost:          10                  Deroute delay time:    0 seconds     
                                                                                
Last Command: dsptrkcnf 13.1                                                    
                                                                                
sw167          TN    SuperUser       BPX 8620  9.2.30    Date/Time Not Set      
                                                                                
TRK 13.1 Parameters                                                             
 1 Q Depth - rt-VBR    [  202] (Dec)    15 Q Depth   - CBR     [  400] (Dec)    
 2 Q Depth - Non-TS    [  300] (Dec)    16 Q Depth   - nrt-VBR [ 5000] (Dec)    
 3 Q Depth - TS        [ 1000] (Dec)    17 Q Depth   - ABR     [10000] (Dec)    
 4 Q Depth - BData A   [ 8000] (Dec)    18 Low  CLP  - CBR     [  60] (%)       
 5 Q Depth - BData B   [ 8000] (Dec)    19 High CLP  - CBR     [  80] (%)       
 6 Q Depth - High Pri  [ 1000] (Dec)    20 Low  CLP  - nrt-VBR [  60] (%)       
 7 Max Age - rt-VBR    [   20] (Dec)    21 High CLP  - nrt-VBR [  80] (%)       
 8 Red Alm - I/O (Dec) [  2500 /  15000]22 Low CLP/EPD-ABR     [  60] (%)       
 9 Yel Alm - I/O (Dec) [  2500 /  15000]23 High CLP  - ABR     [  80] (%)       
10 Low  CLP - BData A  [ 100] (%)       24 EFCN      - ABR     [  20] (%)       
11 High CLP - BData A  [ 100] (%)       25 SVC Queue Pool Size [    0] (Dec)    
12 Low  CLP - BData B  [  25] (%)                                               
13 High CLP - BData B  [  75] (%)                                               
14 EFCN     - BData B  [  30] (Dec)                                             
                                                                                
This Command: cnftrkparm 13.1

BXM-OC3:

sw167          TN    SuperUser       BPX 8620  9.2.30    Date/Time Not Set      
                                                                                
TRK  9.1 Config    OC3     [353207cps]     BXM slot:     9                      
Transmit Rate:         353208              Line framing:          STS-3C        
Protocol By The Card:  No                       coding:           --            
VC Shaping:            No                       CRC:              --            
Hdr Type NNI:          Yes                      recv impedance:   --            
Statistical Reserve:   1000    cps              cable type:       --            
Idle code:             7F hex                         length:     --            
Connection Channels:   256                 Pass sync:             No            
Traffic:V,TS,NTS,FR,FST,CBR,NRT-VBR,ABR, T-VBR  clock:            No            
SVC Vpi Min:           0                   HCS Masking:           Yes           
SVC Channels:          0                   Payload Scramble:      Yes           
SVC Bandwidth:         0      cps          Frame Scramble:        Yes           
Restrict CC traffic:   No                  Virtual Trunk Type:    --            
Link type:             Terrestrial         Virtual Trunk VPI:     --            
Routing Cost:          10                  Deroute delay time:    0 seconds     
                                                                                
Last Command: dsptrkcnf 9.1                                                     
                                                                                
sw167          TN    SuperUser       BPX 8620  9.2.30    Date/Time Not Set      
                                                                                
TRK 9.1 Parameters                                                              
 1 Q Depth - rt-VBR    [  885] (Dec)    15 Q Depth   - CBR     [  600] (Dec)    
 2 Q Depth - Non-TS    [ 1324] (Dec)    16 Q Depth   - nrt-VBR [ 5000] (Dec)    
 3 Q Depth - TS        [ 1000] (Dec)    17 Q Depth   - ABR     [20000] (Dec)    
 4 Q Depth - BData A   [10000] (Dec)    18 Low  CLP  - CBR     [  60] (%)       
 5 Q Depth - BData B   [10000] (Dec)    19 High CLP  - CBR     [  80] (%)       
 6 Q Depth - High Pri  [ 1000] (Dec)    20 Low  CLP  - nrt-VBR [  60] (%)       
 7 Max Age - rt-VBR    [   20] (Dec)    21 High CLP  - nrt-VBR [  80] (%)       
 8 Red Alm - I/O (Dec) [  2500 /  10000]22 Low CLP/EPD-ABR     [  60] (%)       
 9 Yel Alm - I/O (Dec) [  2500 /  10000]23 High CLP  - ABR     [  80] (%)       
10 Low  CLP - BData A  [ 100] (%)       24 EFCN      - ABR     [  20] (%)       
11 High CLP - BData A  [ 100] (%)       25 SVC Queue Pool Size [    0] (Dec)    
12 Low  CLP - BData B  [  25] (%)                                               
13 High CLP - BData B  [  75] (%)                                               
14 EFCN     - BData B  [  30] (Dec)                                             
                                                                                
This Command: cnftrkparm 9.1

BXM-OC12:

sw167          TN    SuperUser       BPX 8620  9.2.30    Date/Time Not Set      
                                                                                
TRK 11.1 Config    OC12    [1412679cps]    BXM slot:     11                     
Transmit Rate:         1412830             Line framing:          STS-12C       
Protocol By The Card:  No                       coding:           --            
VC Shaping:            No                       CRC:              --            
Hdr Type NNI:          Yes                      recv impedance:   --            
Statistical Reserve:   1000    cps              cable type:       --            
Idle code:             7F hex                         length:     --            
Connection Channels:   256                 Pass sync:             No            
Traffic:V,TS,NTS,FR,FST,CBR,NRT-VBR,ABR, T-VBR  clock:            No            
SVC Vpi Min:           0                   HCS Masking:           Yes           
SVC Channels:          0                   Payload Scramble:      Yes           
SVC Bandwidth:         0      cps          Frame Scramble:        Yes           
Restrict CC traffic:   No                  Virtual Trunk Type:    --            
Link type:             Terrestrial         Virtual Trunk VPI:     --            
Routing Cost:          10                  Deroute delay time:    0 seconds     
                                                                                
Last Command: dsptrkcnf 11.1                                                    
                                                                                
sw167          TN    SuperUser       BPX 8620  9.2.30    Date/Time Not Set      
                                                                                
TRK 11.1 Parameters                                                             
 1 Q Depth - rt-VBR    [ 3533] (Dec)    15 Q Depth   - CBR     [ 1200] (Dec)    
 2 Q Depth - Non-TS    [ 5297] (Dec)    16 Q Depth   - nrt-VBR [10000] (Dec)    
 3 Q Depth - TS        [ 1000] (Dec)    17 Q Depth   - ABR     [40000] (Dec)    
 4 Q Depth - BData A   [40000] (Dec)    18 Low  CLP  - CBR     [  60] (%)       
 5 Q Depth - BData B   [40000] (Dec)    19 High CLP  - CBR     [  80] (%)       
 6 Q Depth - High Pri  [ 1000] (Dec)    20 Low  CLP  - nrt-VBR [  60] (%)       
 7 Max Age - rt-VBR    [   20] (Dec)    21 High CLP  - nrt-VBR [  80] (%)       
 8 Red Alm - I/O (Dec) [  2500 /  10000]22 Low CLP/EPD-ABR     [  60] (%)       
 9 Yel Alm - I/O (Dec) [  2500 /  10000]23 High CLP  - ABR     [  80] (%)       
10 Low  CLP - BData A  [ 100] (%)       24 EFCN      - ABR     [  20] (%)       
11 High CLP - BData A  [ 100] (%)       25 SVC Queue Pool Size [    0] (Dec)    
12 Low  CLP - BData B  [  25] (%)                                               
13 High CLP - BData B  [  75] (%)                                               
14 EFCN     - BData B  [  30] (Dec)                                             
                                                                                
This Command: cnftrkparm 11.1

IGX 8400 Nodes: 

ss7            TN    SuperUser       IGX 8420  9.2.30    Date/Time Not Set      
                                                                                
                           System-Wide Parameters                               
                                                                                
1  Max Time Stamped Packet Age (msec) ................................   32     
2  Fail Connections On Communication Break ...........................   No     
3  Max Network Delay for `v' connections (msec).......................   14     
4  Max Network Delay for `c' connections (msec).......................   27     
5  Max Network Delay for `t' & `p' connections (msec).................   14     
6  Max Network Delay for `a' connections (msec).......................   27     
7  Max Network Delay for High Speed Data connections (msec)...........   32     
8  Max Network Delay for CDP-CDP `v' connections (msec)...............   64     
9  Max Network Delay for CDP-CDP `c' connections (msec)...............   64     
10 Max Network Delay for CDP-CDP `t' & `p' connections (msec).........   64     
11 Max Network Delay for CDP-CDP `a' connections (msec)..............    64     
12 Max Network Delay for CDP-CDP High Speed Data connections (msec)...   64     
13 Enable Discard Eligibility.........................................   No     
14 Use Frame Relay Standard Parameters Bc and Be......................   No     
15 Max Local Delay for Interdom CDP-CDP `v' conns (msec)..............   27     
16 Max Local Delay for Interdom CDP-CDP `c' conns (msec)..............   27     
17 Max Local Delay for Interdom CDP-CDP `t' & `p' conns (msec)........   27     
18 Max Local Delay for Interdom CDP-CDP `a' conns (msec)..............   27     
19 Max Local Delay for Interdom CDP-CDP High Speed Data conns (msec)..   27     
20 Max Local Delay for Interdom High Speed Data conns (msec)..........   28     
21 FastPAD Jitter Buffer Size  (msec).................................   15     
22 Number of Consecutive Invalid Login Attempts to Cause Major Alarm .    0     
23 Enable Connection Deroute Delay feature ...........................   No     
24 Interval Statstics polling rate for ATM/Frame Relay VCs............    5     
25 Interval Statistics polling rate for ports.........................    5     
                                                                                
This Command: cnfsysparm                                                        
                                                                                
ss7            TN    SuperUser       IGX 8420  9.2.30    Date/Time Not Set      
                                                                                
1  Update Initial Delay   [ 5000] (D)   16 CC Redundancy Cnfged   [    Y] (Y/N) 
2  Update Per-Node Delay  [30000] (D)   17 MT3 Pass Through Relay [    Y] (Y/N) 
3  Comm-Break Test Delay  [30000] (D)   18 Nw Pkt Tx Rate (pps)   [  500] (D)   
4  Comm-Break Test Offset [   10] (D)   19 Stats Memory (x 100KB) [  130] (D)   
5  Network Timeout Period [ 1700] (D)   20 Standby Update Timer   [   10] (D)   
6  Network Inter-p Period [ 4000] (D)   21 Stby Updts Per Pass    [   50] (D)   
7  NW Sliding Window Size [    1] (D)   22 Gateway ID Timer       [   30] (D)   
8  Num Normal Timeouts    [    7] (D)   23 GLCON Alloc Timer      [   30] (D)   
9  Num Inter-p Timeouts   [    3] (D)   24 Comm Fail Delay        [   60] (D)   
10 Num Satellite Timeouts [    6] (D)   25 Nw Hdlr Timer (msec)   [  100] (D)   
11 Num Blind Timeouts     [    4] (D)   26 CBUS Delay (msec)      [   20] (D)   
12 Num CB Msg Timeouts    [    2] (D)   27 SNMP Event logging     [    Y] (Y/N) 
13 Comm Fail Interval     [10000] (D)   28 TFTP Grant Delay (sec) [    1] (D)   
14 Comm Fail Multiplier   [    3] (D)   29 TFTP ACK Timeout (sec) [   10] (D)   
15 Temperature Threshold  [   50] (D)   30 TFTP Write Retries     [    3] (D)   
31 FRP Link Status Alarm  [    Y] (Y/N) 46 Modem polling timer    [    1] (D)   
32 Job Lock Timeout       [    0] (D)   47 Verify CBA for non-FRP [    N] (Y/N) 
33 Max Via LCONs          [20000] (D)   48 Send Abit early        [    N] (Y/N) 
34 Max Blind Segment Size [ 3570] (D)   49 Abit Tmr Multiplier  M [    0] (D)   
35 Max XmtMemBlks per NIB [ 3000] (D)   50 Abit Tmr Granularity N [    3] (D)   
36 Max Mem on Stby Q (%)  [   33] (D)                                           
37 Trk Cell Rtng Restrict [    Y] (Y/N)                                         
38 Stat Config Proc Cnt   [ 1000] (D)                                           
39 Stat Config Proc Delay [ 2000] (D)                                           
40 Enable Degraded Mode   [    Y] (Y/N)                                         
41 Enable Rrt on Comm Fail[    N] (Y/N)                                         
42 Auto Switch on Degrade [    Y] (Y/N)                                         
43 Max Degraded Aborts    [  100] (D)                                           
44 Max Htls Rebuild Count [  100] (D)                                           
45 Htls Counter Reset Time[ 1000] (D)                                           
                                                                                
This Command: cnfnodeparm                                                       
                                                                                
ss7            TN    SuperUser       IGX 8420  9.2.30    Date/Time Not Set      
                                                                                
Index Status    Function                                                        
                                                                                
1     Enabled   Automatic CLN/PLN Loopback Test on Local/Remote Alarms          
2     Enabled   FDP Loopback button                                             
3     Enabled   User Command Logging                                            
4     Enabled   Automatic Card Reset on Hardware Error                          
5     Enabled   TXR Model D Download                                            
6     Enabled   Card Error Record Wraparound                                    
7     Disabled  Card Test After Failure                                         
8     Disabled  Download From Remote Cisco StrataView Plus                      
9     Disabled  Logging of conn events in local event log                       
10    Disabled  Logging of conn events in Cisco StrataView Plus event log       
11    Disabled  Logging SVC Connection Events                                   
12    Disabled  Force Download From a Specific IP address                       
13    Disabled  CDP WinkStart Signalling                                        
14    Enabled   Logging of Bus Diagnostic Events in local event log             
15    Enabled   Automatic Card Reset after Burnfw for CBI cards                 
                                                                                
This Command: cnffunc                                                           
                                                                                
ss7            TN    SuperUser       IGX 8420  9.2.30    Date/Time Not Set      
                                                                                
Index Status    Function                                                        
                                                                                
1     Disabled  Data Frame Multiplexing                                         
2     Disabled  Adaptive Voice                                                  
3     Enabled   Frame Relay                                                     
4     Disabled  Configuration Save/Restore                                      
5     Disabled  ForeSight                                                       
6     Disabled  Frame Relay Network-to-Network Interface                        
7     Disabled  Multiple VTs (1 session enabled)                                
8     Disabled  Interface Shelf                                                 
9     Enabled   Virtual Trunks                                                  
10    Disabled  ABR standard with VSVD                                          
                                                                                
This Command: cnfswfunc                                                         
                                                                                
ss7            TN    SuperUser       IGX 8420  9.2.30    Date/Time Not Set      
                                                                                
1  Normalization Interval    [    2] (D)                                        
2  Max Number To Normalize   [    5] (D)                                        
3  Normalization Logging     [   No]                                            
4  Settling Interval         [    4] (D)                                        
5  Minimum Open Space        [ 1000] (D)                                        
6  Normalization Priority    [ Load]                                            
7  Load Sample Period        [    4] (D)                                        
8  Maximum Routing Bundle    [   90] (D)                                        
9  Reroute Timer             [    0] (secs)                                     
10 Reset Timer on Line Fail  [  Yes]                                            
11 Max Down/Up Per Pass      [   50] (D)                                        
12 Down/Up Timer             [30000] (msecs)                                    
13 Max Route Errs per cycle  [  200] (D)                                        
14 Time between Rrt cycles   [    5] (mins)                                     
15 Max. Rrt Err cycles       [    1] (D)                                        
16 Routing pause timer       [    0] (msecs)                                    
17 Max msgs sent per update  [   10] (D)                                        
18 Send SVC urgent msg       [  Yes]                                            
19 Max SVC Retry             [    0] (D)                                        
20 Wait for TBL Updates      [   70] (100 msecs)                                
21 Max Derouting Bndl (0=all)[  500] (D)                                        
22 Enable Cost-Based Routing [   No]                                            
23 Enable Route Cache Usage  [   No]                                            
24 Use Delay for Routing     [   No]                                            
25 # of reroute groups used  [   50] (D)                                        
26 Starting size of RR grps  [    0] (CLU)                                      
27 Increment between RR grps [  100] (CLU)                                      
                                                                                
This Command: cnfcmparm                                                         
                                                                                
ss7            TN    SuperUser       IGX 8420  9.2.30    Date/Time Not Set      
                                                                                
1  Rmt Blk Freq (msec)     [    100]    16 FW Dnld Msgs/Block(dec) [      4]    
2  Rmt Blk Size (hex)      [    400]    17 Flash Write TO(msec)    [  16000]    
3  Lcl Blk Freq (msec)     [    100]    18 Flash Erase TO(msec)    [    100]    
4  Lcl Blk Size (hex)      [    400]    19 Erase Verify TO(msec)   [  16000]    
5  Image Req Freq (msec)   [  10000]    20 Standby Flash TO(sec)   [    300]    
6  Dnld Req Freq (msec)    [  10000]    21 Lcl Flash Init TO(msec) [   1000]    
7  Session Timeout (msec)  [  30000]    22 Flsh Write Blk Sz (hex) [  10000]    
8  Request Hop Limit (dec) [      1]    23 Flsh Verfy Blk Sz (hex) [    400]    
9  Crc Throttle Freq (dec) [   5000]    24 Chips Per Write/Erase   [      1]    
10 Crc Block Size (hex)    [    400]                                            
11 Rev Change Wait(dec)    [      0]                                            
12 CCs Switch Wait(dec)    [   1000]                                            
13 Lcl Response TO(msec)   [   5000]                                            
14 Rmt Response TO(msec)   [  30000]                                            
15 FW Dnld Block TO(msec)  [     50]                                            
                                                                                
This Command: cnfdlparm                                                         
                                                                                
ss7            TN    SuperUser       IGX 8420  9.2.30    Date/Time Not Set      
                                                                                
1. Logout Time ........... 20 minutes                                           
2. VT Logout Time ........ 4 minutes                                            
3. Prompt Time ........... 60 seconds                                           
4. Command Time .......... 3 minutes                                            
5. UID Privilege Level ... 6                                                    
6. Input Character Echo .. Enabled                                              
7. Screen Update Time .... 10 seconds                                           
                                                                                
This Command: cnfuiparm                                                         
                                                                                
ss7            TN    SuperUser       IGX 8420  9.2.30    Date/Time Not Set      
                                                                                
Function            Number   Status      Function            Number   Status    
Background Upcard     1      Enabled     Dynamic BW Allocation 15     Enabled   
Background Updates    2      Disabled    Modem Polling         16     Enabled   
Standby Terminal      3      Disabled    Conn Stat Sampling    17     Enabled   
Memory Protection     4      Enabled     FastPAD Test          18     Enabled   
Comm Break            5      Enabled     Neighbor Update Errs  19     Disabled  
Comm Fail Test        6      Enabled                                            
BRAM Memory Protect   7      Enabled                                            
CRC Test              8      Enabled                                            
CDT Clock Test        9      Enabled                                            
Bus Fail Detection    10     Enabled                                            
Line Diag             11     Enabled                                            
Clock Restoral        12     Enabled                                            
Cm_Rerouting          13     Enabled                                            
Clock Routing         14     Enabled                                            
                                                                                
This Command: on1                                                               
                                                                                
                                                                                
ss7            TN    SuperUser       IGX 8420  9.2.30    Date/Time Not Set      
                                                                                
Function            Number   Status      Function            Number   Status    
Line Stat Sampling    1      Enabled     LAN Interface         15     Enabled   
Statistical Alarm     2      Enabled     Update Standby Stats  16     Enabled   
Job Ready Checker     3      Enabled     EIA Monitoring        17     Enabled   
Configuration  Backup 4      Enabled     Telnet Access         18     Enabled   
Standby Update        5      Enabled     Junction ID           19     Enabled   
Downloader            6      Enabled     Mult SV+/Routing Node 20     Enabled   
Cm Updates            7      Enabled     Feeder with NW Trunks 21     Disabled  
Power Supply Monitor  8      Enabled     Multiple Fdr Trunks   22     Disabled  
Topo/Stat Updates     9      Enabled     Simulated Fdr Trks    23     Disabled  
CDP/CIP Sig. Polling  10     Enabled     Auto Renum Fail Recov 24     Enabled   
Port Stat Sampling    11     Enabled     IGX - ACM Selftest    25     Enabled   
Robust Updates        12     Enabled     Card Simulation Tool  26     Enabled   
Robust Alarm Updates  13     Enabled     Major Alarm on NNI    27     Disabled  
Realtime Counters     14     Enabled     Deroute Delay         28     Enabled   
                                                                                
This Command: on2                                                               
                                                                                
ss7            TN    SuperUser       IGX 8420  9.2.30    Date/Time Not Set      
                                                                                
Function            Number   Status                                             
Trace Msg Sent        1      Disabled                                           
Multi-DB Stby Updates 2      Enabled                                            
AIT/BTM/ALM 32h Ext2  3      Enabled                                            
Card Synchronization  4      Disabled                                           
Loop Access Dev Init  5      Disabled                                           
Auto allocate UXM UBU 6      Disabled                                           
Trace Conv Msg        7      Disabled                                           
Automatic Cbus Diags  8      Disabled                                           
                                                                                
This Command: on3

NTM-SR:

ss7            TN    SuperUser       IGX 8420  9.2.30    Date/Time Not Set      
                                                                                
TRK  8 Config         SR/30    [10000 pps]  NTM slot:8                          
Subrate interface:    X.21                                                      
Subrate data rate:    1920 kbps                                                 
Pass sync:            No                                                        
Loop clock:           Yes                                                       
Statistical Reserve:  600    pps                                                
Routing Cost:         10                                                        
Restrict PCC traffic: No                                                        
Link type:            Terrestrial                                               
Traffic:              V,TS,NTS,FR,FST                                           
Deroute delay time:   0 seconds                                                 
                                                                                
Last Command: dsptrkcnf 8                                                       
                                                                                
ss7            TN    SuperUser       IGX 8420  9.2.30    Date/Time Not Set      
                                                                                
TRK  8 Parameters:                                                              
 1 Yel Alm-In/Out (D)  [  1000/  2000]     18 Red Alm-In/Out (D) [  1000/  2000]
 2 Rx Max Age - rt-VBR   (D)   [  N/A]     19 Tx Max Age - rt-VBR   (D)  [   20]
 3 Rx EFCN  - BdataB     (D)   [  N/A]     20 Tx EFCN    - BdataB   (D)  [   30]
 4 Gateway Efficiency    (D)   [  N/A]                                          
 5 EFCN     - Rx Space   (D)   [  N/A]     Tx Age Step2  (D)   Tx Age Step   (D)
 6 Low CLP  - Rx_Space   (%)   [  N/A]     21 BDataA [  128]   23 BDataA [  128]
 7 High CLP - Rx_Space   (%)   [  N/A]     22 BDataB [  128]   24 BDataB [  128]
Rx High CLP   (%)    Rx Low CLP    (%)     Tx High CLP   (%)   Tx Low CLP    (%)
 8 BDataA [  N/A]    10 BDataA [  N/A]     25 BDataA [  100]   27 BDataA [  100]
 9 BDataB [  N/A]    11 BdataB [  N/A]     26 BDataB [   75]   28 BDataB [   25]
Receive Queue Depth                (D)     Transmit Queue Depth              (D)
12 rt-VBR [  N/A]    15 BDataA [  N/A]     29 rt-VBR [   27]   32 BDataA [  600]
13 Non TS [  N/A]    16 BDataB [  N/A]     30 Non TS [   37]   33 BDataB [  600]
14 TS     [  N/A]    17 HighPri[  N/A]     31 TS     [ 2636]   34 HighPri[  100]
                                                                                
This Command: cnftrkparm 8

NTM-T1:

ss7            TN    SuperUser       IGX 8420  9.2.30    Date/Time Not Set      
                                                                                
TRK  9 Config         T1/24    [8000  pps]  NTM slot:9                          
Line DS-0 map:        0-23                                                      
Pass sync:            Yes                                                       
Loop clock:           No                                                        
Statistical Reserve:  600    pps                                                
Routing Cost:         10                                                        
Idle code:            7F hex                                                    
Restrict PCC traffic: No                                                        
Link type:            Terrestrial                                               
Line framing:         D4                                                        
Line coding:          B8ZS                                                      
Line cable type:      ABAM                                                      
Line cable length:    0-133 ft.                                                 
Traffic:              V,TS,NTS,FR,FST                                           
Deroute delay time:   0 seconds                                                 
                                                                                
Last Command: dsptrkcnf 9                                                       
                                                                                
ss7            TN    SuperUser       IGX 8420  9.2.30    Date/Time Not Set      
                                                                                
TRK  9 Parameters:                                                              
 1 Yel Alm-In/Out (D)  [   600/   600]     18 Red Alm-In/Out (D) [  2500/ 15000]
 2 Rx Max Age - rt-VBR   (D)   [  N/A]     19 Tx Max Age - rt-VBR   (D)  [   20]
 3 Rx EFCN  - BdataB     (D)   [  N/A]     20 Tx EFCN    - BdataB   (D)  [   30]
 4 Gateway Efficiency    (D)   [  N/A]                                          
 5 EFCN     - Rx Space   (D)   [  N/A]     Tx Age Step2  (D)   Tx Age Step   (D)
 6 Low CLP  - Rx_Space   (%)   [  N/A]     21 BDataA [  128]   23 BDataA [  128]
 7 High CLP - Rx_Space   (%)   [  N/A]     22 BDataB [  128]   24 BDataB [  128]
Rx High CLP   (%)    Rx Low CLP    (%)     Tx High CLP   (%)   Tx Low CLP    (%)
 8 BDataA [  N/A]    10 BDataA [  N/A]     25 BDataA [  100]   27 BDataA [  100]
 9 BDataB [  N/A]    11 BdataB [  N/A]     26 BDataB [   75]   28 BDataB [   25]
Receive Queue Depth                (D)     Transmit Queue Depth              (D)
12 rt-VBR [  N/A]    15 BDataA [  N/A]     29 rt-VBR [   22]   32 BDataA [  600]
13 Non TS [  N/A]    16 BDataB [  N/A]     30 Non TS [   30]   33 BDataB [  600]
14 TS     [  N/A]    17 HighPri[  N/A]     31 TS     [ 2648]   34 HighPri[  100]
                                                                                
This Command: cnftrkparm 9

NTM-E1:

ss7            TN    SuperUser       IGX 8420  9.2.30    Date/Time Not Set      
                                                                                
TRK 10 Config         E1/32    [10666 pps]  NTM slot:10                         
Line DS-0 map:        0-31                                                      
Pass sync:            Yes                                                       
Loop clock:           No                                                        
Statistical Reserve:  600    pps                                                
Routing Cost:         10                                                        
Idle code:            54 hex                                                    
Restrict PCC traffic: No                                                        
Link type:            Terrestrial                                               
Line coding:          HDB3                                                      
Line CRC:             No                                                        
Line recv impedance:  75 ohm + gnd                                              
Traffic:              V,TS,NTS,FR,FST                                           
Deroute delay time:   0 seconds                                                 
                                                                                
                                                                                
Last Command: dsptrkcnf 10                                                      
                                                                                
ss7            TN    SuperUser       IGX 8420  9.2.30    Date/Time Not Set      
                                                                                
TRK 10 Parameters:                                                              
 1 Yel Alm-In/Out (D)  [  1000/  2000]     18 Red Alm-In/Out (D) [  1000/  2000]
 2 Rx Max Age - rt-VBR   (D)   [  N/A]     19 Tx Max Age - rt-VBR   (D)  [   20]
 3 Rx EFCN  - BdataB     (D)   [  N/A]     20 Tx EFCN    - BdataB   (D)  [   30]
 4 Gateway Efficiency    (D)   [  N/A]                                          
 5 EFCN     - Rx Space   (D)   [  N/A]     Tx Age Step2  (D)   Tx Age Step   (D)
 6 Low CLP  - Rx_Space   (%)   [  N/A]     21 BDataA [  128]   23 BDataA [  128]
 7 High CLP - Rx_Space   (%)   [  N/A]     22 BDataB [  128]   24 BDataB [  128]
Rx High CLP   (%)    Rx Low CLP    (%)     Tx High CLP   (%)   Tx Low CLP    (%)
 8 BDataA [  N/A]    10 BDataA [  N/A]     25 BDataA [  100]   27 BDataA [  100]
 9 BDataB [  N/A]    11 BdataB [  N/A]     26 BDataB [   75]   28 BDataB [   25]
Receive Queue Depth                (D)     Transmit Queue Depth              (D)
12 rt-VBR [  N/A]    15 BDataA [  N/A]     29 rt-VBR [   28]   32 BDataA [  600]
13 Non TS [  N/A]    16 BDataB [  N/A]     30 Non TS [   40]   33 BDataB [  600]
14 TS     [  N/A]    17 HighPri[  N/A]     31 TS     [ 2632]   34 HighPri[  100]
                                                                                
This Command: cnftrkparm 10

ALM/B-T3:

ss7            TN    SuperUser       IGX 8420  9.2.30    Date/Time Not Set      
                                                                                
TRK 14 Config         T3/3     [1000  pps]  ALM slot:14                         
Transmit Trunk Rate:  96000  cps          Payload Scramble:     No              
Rcv Trunk Rate:       1000   pps          Traffic:              V,TS,NTS,FR,FST 
Pass sync:            Yes                 Deroute delay time:   0 seconds       
Loop clock:           No                                                        
Statistical Reserve:  1000   pps                                                
Gateway Type:         BAM                                                       
VPI Address:          0                                                         
VCI Address:          0                                                         
Routing Cost:         10                                                        
Idle code:            7F hex                                                    
Restrict PCC traffic: No                                                        
Link type:            Terrestrial                                               
Line cable length:    0-225 ft.                                                 
HCS Masking:          Yes                                                       
                                                                                
Last Command: dsptrkcnf 14                                                      
                                                                                
ss7            TN    SuperUser       IGX 8420  9.2.30    Date/Time Not Set      
                                                                                
TRK 14 Parameters:                                                              
 1 Yel Alm-In/Out (D)  [  2500/ 15000]     18 Red Alm-In/Out (D) [  2500/ 15000]
 2 Rx Max Age - rt-VBR   (D)   [   20]     19 Tx Max Age - rt-VBR   (D)  [   20]
 3 Rx EFCN  - BdataB     (D)   [   30]     20 Tx EFCN    - BdataB   (D)  [   30]
 4 Gateway Efficiency    (D)   [  2.0]                                          
 5 EFCN     - Rx Space   (D)   [  N/A]     Tx Age Step2  (D)   Tx Age Step   (D)
 6 Low CLP  - Rx_Space   (%)   [  N/A]     21 BDataA [  N/A]   23 BDataA [  N/A]
 7 High CLP - Rx_Space   (%)   [  N/A]     22 BDataB [  N/A]   24 BDataB [  N/A]
Rx High CLP   (%)    Rx Low CLP    (%)     Tx High CLP   (%)   Tx Low CLP    (%)
 8 BDataA [  100]    10 BDataA [  100]     25 BDataA [  100]   27 BDataA [  100]
 9 BDataB [   75]    11 BdataB [   25]     26 BDataB [   75]   28 BDataB [   25]
Receive Queue Depth                (D)     Transmit Queue Depth              (D)
12 rt-VBR [    4]    15 BDataA [ 1000]     29 rt-VBR [  532]   32 BDataA [ 1000]
13 Non TS [    3]    16 BDataB [ 8000]     30 Non TS [  795]   33 BDataB [ 8000]
14 TS     [ 5993]    17 HighPri[ 1000]     31 TS     [ 4673]   34 HighPri[ 1000]
 
This Command: cnftrkparm 14

ALM/B-E3:

ss7            TN    SuperUser       IGX 8420  9.2.30    Date/Time Not Set      
                                                                                
TRK 14 Config         E3/3     [1000  pps]  ALM slot:14                         
Transmit Trunk Rate:  80000  cps          Payload Scramble:     Yes             
Rcv Trunk Rate:       1000   pps          Traffic:              V,TS,NTS,FR,FST 
Pass sync:            Yes                 Deroute delay time:   0 seconds       
Loop clock:           No                                                        
Statistical Reserve:  1000   pps                                                
Gateway Type:         BAM                                                       
VPI Address:          0                                                         
VCI Address:          0                                                         
Routing Cost:         10                                                        
Idle code:            7F hex                                                    
Restrict PCC traffic: No                                                        
Link type:            Terrestrial                                               
Line cable length:    0-225 ft.                                                 
HCS Masking:          Yes                                                       
                                                                                
Last Command: dsptrkcnf 14                                                      
                                                                                
ss7            TN    SuperUser       IGX 8420  9.2.30    Date/Time Not Set      
                                                                                
TRK 14 Parameters:                                                              
 1 Yel Alm-In/Out (D)  [  2500/ 15000]     18 Red Alm-In/Out (D) [  2500/ 15000]
 2 Rx Max Age - rt-VBR   (D)   [   20]     19 Tx Max Age - rt-VBR   (D)  [   20]
 3 Rx EFCN  - BdataB     (D)   [   30]     20 Tx EFCN    - BdataB   (D)  [   30]
 4 Gateway Efficiency    (D)   [  2.0]                                          
 5 EFCN     - Rx Space   (D)   [  N/A]     Tx Age Step2  (D)   Tx Age Step   (D)
 6 Low CLP  - Rx_Space   (%)   [  N/A]     21 BDataA [  N/A]   23 BDataA [  N/A]
 7 High CLP - Rx_Space   (%)   [  N/A]     22 BDataB [  N/A]   24 BDataB [  N/A]
Rx High CLP   (%)    Rx Low CLP    (%)     Tx High CLP   (%)   Tx Low CLP    (%)
 8 BDataA [  100]    10 BDataA [  100]     25 BDataA [  100]   27 BDataA [  100]
 9 BDataB [   75]    11 BdataB [   25]     26 BDataB [   75]   28 BDataB [   25]
Receive Queue Depth                (D)     Transmit Queue Depth              (D)
12 rt-VBR [    4]    15 BDataA [ 1000]     29 rt-VBR [  443]   32 BDataA [ 1000]
13 Non TS [    3]    16 BDataB [ 8000]     30 Non TS [  662]   33 BDataB [ 8000]
14 TS     [ 5993]    17 HighPri[ 1000]     31 TS     [ 4895]   34 HighPri[ 1000]
                                                                                
This Command: cnftrkparm 14

BTM-E1:

ss7            TN    SuperUser       IGX 8420  9.2.30    Date/Time Not Set      
                                                                                
TRK  5 Config         E1/32    [10666 pps]  BTM slot:5                          
Line DS-0 map:        0-31                Line CRC:             No              
Transmit Trunk Rate:  4830   cps          Line recv impedance:  75 ohm + gnd    
Rcv Trunk Rate:       10666  pps          HCS Masking:          Yes             
Pass sync:            Yes                 Payload Scramble:     Yes             
Loop clock:           No                  Traffic:              V,TS,NTS,FR,FST 
Statistical Reserve:  600    pps          Deroute delay time:   0 seconds       
Gateway Type:         BAM                                                       
VPI Address:          0                                                         
VCI Address:          0                                                         
Routing Cost:         10                                                        
Idle code:            7F hex                                                    
Restrict PCC traffic: No                                                        
Link type:            Terrestrial                                               
Line coding:          HDB3                                                      
                                                                                
Last Command: dsptrkcnf 5                                                       
                                                                                
ss7            TN    SuperUser       IGX 8420  9.2.30    Date/Time Not Set      
                                                                                
TRK  5 Parameters:                                                              
 1 Yel Alm-In/Out (D)  [  1000/  2000]     18 Red Alm-In/Out (D) [  1000/  2000]
 2 Rx Max Age - rt-VBR   (D)   [   20]     19 Tx Max Age - rt-VBR   (D)  [   20]
 3 Rx EFCN  - BdataB     (D)   [   30]     20 Tx EFCN    - BdataB   (D)  [   30]
 4 Gateway Efficiency    (D)   [  N/A]                                          
 5 EFCN     - Rx Space   (D)   [   30]     Tx Age Step2  (D)   Tx Age Step   (D)
 6 Low CLP  - Rx_Space   (%)   [  100]     21 BDataA [  N/A]   23 BDataA [  N/A]
 7 High CLP - Rx_Space   (%)   [  100]     22 BDataB [  N/A]   24 BDataB [  N/A]
Rx High CLP   (%)    Rx Low CLP    (%)     Tx High CLP   (%)   Tx Low CLP    (%)
 8 BDataA [  100]    10 BDataA [  100]     25 BDataA [  100]   27 BDataA [  100]
 9 BDataB [   75]    11 BdataB [   25]     26 BDataB [   75]   28 BDataB [   25]
Receive Queue Depth                (D)     Transmit Queue Depth              (D)
12 rt-VBR [   28]    15 BDataA [  600]     29 rt-VBR [   28]   32 BDataA [  600]
13 Non TS [   40]    16 BDataB [  600]     30 Non TS [   40]   33 BDataB [  600]
14 TS     [14632]    17 HighPri[  100]     31 TS     [14632]   34 HighPri[  100]
                                                                                
This Command: cnftrkparm 5

BTM-E2:

ss7            TN    SuperUser       IGX 8420  9.2.30    Date/Time Not Set      
                                                                                
TRK  6 Config         E2/3     [1000  pps]  BTM slot:6                          
Transmit Trunk Rate:  19900  cps          Payload Scramble:     Yes             
Rcv Trunk Rate:       1000   pps          Traffic:              V,TS,NTS,FR,FST 
Pass sync:            Yes                 Deroute delay time:   0 seconds       
Loop clock:           No                                                        
Statistical Reserve:  1000   pps                                                
Gateway Type:         BAM                                                       
VPI Address:          0                                                         
VCI Address:          0                                                         
Routing Cost:         10                                                        
Idle code:            7F hex                                                    
Restrict PCC traffic: No                                                        
Link type:            Terrestrial                                               
Line cable length:    0-225 ft.                                                 
HCS Masking:          Yes                                                       
                                                                                
Last Command: dsptrkcnf 6                                                       
                                                                                
ss7            TN    SuperUser       IGX 8420  9.2.30    Date/Time Not Set      
                                                                                
TRK  6 Parameters:                                                              
 1 Yel Alm-In/Out (D)  [  2500/ 15000]     18 Red Alm-In/Out (D) [  2500/ 15000]
 2 Rx Max Age - rt-VBR   (D)   [   20]     19 Tx Max Age - rt-VBR   (D)  [   20]
 3 Rx EFCN  - BdataB     (D)   [   30]     20 Tx EFCN    - BdataB   (D)  [   30]
 4 Gateway Efficiency    (D)   [  2.0]                                          
 5 EFCN     - Rx Space   (D)   [   30]     Tx Age Step2  (D)   Tx Age Step   (D)
 6 Low CLP  - Rx_Space   (%)   [  100]     21 BDataA [  N/A]   23 BDataA [  N/A]
 7 High CLP - Rx_Space   (%)   [  100]     22 BDataB [  N/A]   24 BDataB [  N/A]
Rx High CLP   (%)    Rx Low CLP    (%)     Tx High CLP   (%)   Tx Low CLP    (%)
 8 BDataA [  100]    10 BDataA [  100]     25 BDataA [  100]   27 BDataA [  100]
 9 BDataB [   75]    11 BdataB [   25]     26 BDataB [   75]   28 BDataB [   25]
Receive Queue Depth                (D)     Transmit Queue Depth              (D)
12 rt-VBR [    4]    15 BDataA [ 2264]     29 rt-VBR [  111]   32 BDataA [ 2264]
13 Non TS [    3]    16 BDataB [ 2264]     30 Non TS [  163]   33 BDataB [ 2264]
14 TS     [11365]    17 HighPri[  100]     31 TS     [11098]   34 HighPri[  100]
                                                                                
This Command: cnftrkparm 6

BTM-E3:

ss7            TN    SuperUser       IGX 8420  9.2.30    Date/Time Not Set      
                                                                                
TRK  7 Config         E3/3     [1000  pps]  BTM slot:7                          
Transmit Trunk Rate:  80000  cps          Payload Scramble:     Yes             
Rcv Trunk Rate:       1000   pps          Traffic:              V,TS,NTS,FR,FST 
Pass sync:            Yes                 Deroute delay time:   0 seconds       
Loop clock:           No                                                        
Statistical Reserve:  1000   pps                                                
Gateway Type:         BAM                                                       
VPI Address:          0                                                         
VCI Address:          0                                                         
Routing Cost:         10                                                        
Idle code:            7F hex                                                    
Restrict PCC traffic: No                                                        
Link type:            Terrestrial                                               
Line cable length:    0-225 ft.                                                 
HCS Masking:          Yes                                                       
                                                                                
Last Command: dsptrkcnf 7                                                       
                                                                                
ss7            TN    SuperUser       IGX 8420  9.2.30    Date/Time Not Set      
                                                                                
TRK  7 Parameters:                                                              
 1 Yel Alm-In/Out (D)  [  2500/ 15000]     18 Red Alm-In/Out (D) [  2500/ 15000]
 2 Rx Max Age - rt-VBR   (D)   [   20]     19 Tx Max Age - rt-VBR   (D)  [   20]
 3 Rx EFCN  - BdataB     (D)   [   30]     20 Tx EFCN    - BdataB   (D)  [   30]
 4 Gateway Efficiency    (D)   [  2.0]                                          
 5 EFCN     - Rx Space   (D)   [   30]     Tx Age Step2  (D)   Tx Age Step   (D)
 6 Low CLP  - Rx_Space   (%)   [  100]     21 BDataA [  N/A]   23 BDataA [  N/A]
 7 High CLP - Rx_Space   (%)   [  100]     22 BDataB [  N/A]   24 BDataB [  N/A]
Rx High CLP   (%)    Rx Low CLP    (%)     Tx High CLP   (%)   Tx Low CLP    (%)
 8 BDataA [  100]    10 BDataA [  100]     25 BDataA [  100]   27 BDataA [  100]
 9 BDataB [   75]    11 BdataB [   25]     26 BDataB [   75]   28 BDataB [   25]
Receive Queue Depth                (D)     Transmit Queue Depth              (D)
12 rt-VBR [    4]    15 BDataA [ 2264]     29 rt-VBR [  443]   32 BDataA [ 2264]
13 Non TS [    3]    16 BDataB [ 2264]     30 Non TS [  662]   33 BDataB [ 2264]
14 TS     [11365]    17 HighPri[  100]     31 TS     [10267]   34 HighPri[  100]
                                                                                
This Command: cnftrkparm 7

BTM-T3:

ss7            TN    SuperUser       IGX 8420  9.2.30    Date/Time Not Set      
                                                                                
TRK  3 Config         T3/3     [1000  pps]  BTM slot:3                          
Transmit Trunk Rate:  96000  cps          Payload Scramble:     No              
Rcv Trunk Rate:       1000   pps          Traffic:              V,TS,NTS,FR,FST 
Pass sync:            Yes                 Deroute delay time:   0 seconds       
Loop clock:           No                                                        
Statistical Reserve:  1000   pps                                                
Gateway Type:         BAM                                                       
VPI Address:          0                                                         
VCI Address:          0                                                         
Routing Cost:         10                                                        
Idle code:            7F hex                                                    
Restrict PCC traffic: No                                                        
Link type:            Terrestrial                                               
Line cable length:    0-225 ft.                                                 
HCS Masking:          Yes                                                       
                                                                                
Last Command: dsptrkcnf 3                                                       
                                                                                
ss7            TN    SuperUser       IGX 8420  9.2.30    Date/Time Not Set      
                                                                                
TRK  3 Parameters:                                                              
 1 Yel Alm-In/Out (D)  [  2500/ 15000]     18 Red Alm-In/Out (D) [  2500/ 15000]
 2 Rx Max Age - rt-VBR   (D)   [   20]     19 Tx Max Age - rt-VBR   (D)  [   20]
 3 Rx EFCN  - BdataB     (D)   [   30]     20 Tx EFCN    - BdataB   (D)  [   30]
 4 Gateway Efficiency    (D)   [  2.0]                                          
 5 EFCN     - Rx Space   (D)   [   30]     Tx Age Step2  (D)   Tx Age Step   (D)
 6 Low CLP  - Rx_Space   (%)   [  100]     21 BDataA [  N/A]   23 BDataA [  N/A]
 7 High CLP - Rx_Space   (%)   [  100]     22 BDataB [  N/A]   24 BDataB [  N/A]
Rx High CLP   (%)    Rx Low CLP    (%)     Tx High CLP   (%)   Tx Low CLP    (%)
 8 BDataA [  100]    10 BDataA [  100]     25 BDataA [  100]   27 BDataA [  100]
 9 BDataB [   75]    11 BdataB [   25]     26 BDataB [   75]   28 BDataB [   25]
Receive Queue Depth                (D)     Transmit Queue Depth              (D)
12 rt-VBR [    4]    15 BDataA [ 2264]     29 rt-VBR [  532]   32 BDataA [ 2264]
13 Non TS [    3]    16 BDataB [ 2264]     30 Non TS [  795]   33 BDataB [ 2264]
14 TS     [11365]    17 HighPri[  100]     31 TS     [10045]   34 HighPri[  100]
                                                                                
This Command: cnftrkparm 3

BTM-HSSI:

ss7            TN    SuperUser       IGX 8420  9.2.30    Date/Time Not Set      
                                                                                
TRK  4 Config         HSSI/3   [1000  pps]  BTM slot:4                          
Clock Rate:           50840000 bps        HCS Masking:          Yes             
Transmit Trunk Rate:  111491 cps          Payload Scramble:     No              
Rcv Trunk Rate:       1000   pps          Traffic:              V,TS,NTS,FR,FST 
Pass sync:            No                  Deroute delay time:   0 seconds       
Loop clock:           No                                                        
Statistical Reserve:  1000   pps                                                
Gateway Type:         BAM                                                       
VPI Address:          0                                                         
VCI Address:          0                                                         
Routing Cost:         10                                                        
Idle code:            7F hex                                                    
Restrict PCC traffic: No                                                        
Link type:            Terrestrial                                               
Line cable length:    0-225 ft.                                                 
                                                                                
Last Command: dsptrkcnf 4                                                       
                                                                                
ss7            TN    SuperUser       IGX 8420  9.2.30    Date/Time Not Set      
                                                                                
TRK  4 Parameters:                                                              
 1 Yel Alm-In/Out (D)  [  2500/ 15000]     18 Red Alm-In/Out (D) [  2500/ 15000]
 2 Rx Max Age - rt-VBR   (D)   [   20]     19 Tx Max Age - rt-VBR   (D)  [   20]
 3 Rx EFCN  - BdataB     (D)   [   30]     20 Tx EFCN    - BdataB   (D)  [   30]
 4 Gateway Efficiency    (D)   [  2.0]                                          
 5 EFCN     - Rx Space   (D)   [   30]     Tx Age Step2  (D)   Tx Age Step   (D)
 6 Low CLP  - Rx_Space   (%)   [  100]     21 BDataA [  N/A]   23 BDataA [  N/A]
 7 High CLP - Rx_Space   (%)   [  100]     22 BDataB [  N/A]   24 BDataB [  N/A]
Rx High CLP   (%)    Rx Low CLP    (%)     Tx High CLP   (%)   Tx Low CLP    (%)
 8 BDataA [  100]    10 BDataA [  100]     25 BDataA [  100]   27 BDataA [  100]
 9 BDataB [   75]    11 BdataB [   25]     26 BDataB [   75]   28 BDataB [   25]
Receive Queue Depth                (D)     Transmit Queue Depth              (D)
12 rt-VBR [    4]    15 BDataA [ 2264]     29 rt-VBR [  617]   32 BDataA [ 2264]
13 Non TS [    3]    16 BDataB [ 2264]     30 Non TS [  922]   33 BDataB [ 2264]
14 TS     [11365]    17 HighPri[  100]     31 TS     [ 9833]   34 HighPri[  100]
                                                                                
This Command: cnftrkparm 4

UXM-IMA:

ss7            TN    SuperUser       IGX 8420  9.2.30    Date/Time Not Set      
                                                                                
TRK 13.1 Config       T1/24    [3622  cps]  UXM slot:13                         
IMA Group Member(s):  1                   Line coding:          B8ZS            
Retained links:       1                   Line cable type:      ABAM            
Transmit Trunk Rate:  3622   cps          Line cable length:    0-131 ft.       
Rcv Trunk Rate:       3622   cps          HCS Masking:          Yes             
Pass sync:            Yes                 Payload Scramble:     No              
Loop clock:           No                  Connection Channels:  256             
Statistical Reserve:  600    cps          Gateway Channels:     200             
Header Type:          NNI                 Traffic:                              
VPI Address:          1                   V,TS,NTS,FR,FST,CBR,NRT-VBR,ABR,RT-VBR
Routing Cost:         10                  IMA Protocol Option:  Disabled        
Idle code:            7F hex              IMA Max. Diff. Dly:   200 msec.       
Restrict PCC traffic: No                  IMA Clock Mode:       CTC             
Link type:            Terrestrial         Deroute delay time:   0 seconds       
Line framing:         ESF                 VC Shaping:           No              
                                                                                
Last Command: dsptrkcnf 13.1                                                    
                                                                                
ss7            TN    SuperUser       IGX 8420  9.2.30    Date/Time Not Set      
                                                                                
TRK 13.1 Parameters:                                                            
 1 Yel Alm-In/Out (D)  [   600/   600]     18 Red Alm-In/Out (D) [  2500/ 15000]
 2 Rx Max Age - rt-VBR   (D)   [   20]     19 Tx Max Age - rt-VBR   (D)  [   20]
 3 Rx EFCN  - BdataB     (D)   [   20]     20 Tx EFCN    - BdataB   (%)  [   20]
 4 Gateway Efficiency    (D)   [  2.0]                                          
 5 EFCN     - Rx Space   (D)   [  N/A]     Tx Age Step2  (D)   Tx Age Step   (D)
 6 Low CLP/EPD- Rx_Space (%)   [  N/A]     21 BDataA [  N/A]   23 BDataA [  N/A]
 7 High CLP - Rx_Space   (%)   [  N/A]     22 BDataB [  N/A]   24 BDataB [  N/A]
Rx High CLP   (%)    Rx Low CLP/EPD(%)     Tx High CLP   (%)   Tx Low CLP/EPD(%)
 8 BDataA [   80]    10 BDataA [   60]     25 BDataA [   80]   27 BDataA [   60]
 9 BDataB [   80]    11 BdataB [   60]     26 BDataB [   80]   28 BDataB [   60]
Receive Queue Depth                (D)     Transmit Queue Depth              (D)
12 rt-VBR [   22]    15 BDataA [10000]     29 rt-VBR [   21]   32 BDataA [10000]
13 Non TS [   30]    16 BDataB [10000]     30 Non TS [   28]   33 BDataB [10000]
14 TS     [ 1000]    17 HighPri[ 1000]     31 TS     [ 1000]   34 HighPri[ 1000]
Rx Queue Depth(D)    Tx Queue Depth(D)    Rx EFCN       (%)    Tx EFCN       (%)
35 CBR    [  600]    38 CBR    [  600]                                          
36 nrt-VBR[ 5000]    39 nrt-VBR[ 5000]                                          
37 ABR    [20000]    40 ABR    [20000]    47 ABR    [   20]    48 ABR    [   20]
Rx High CLP   (%)    Rx Low CLP/EPD(%)    Tx High CLP   (%)    Tx Low CLP/EPD(%)
41 CBR    [   80]    44 CBR    [   60]    49 CBR    [   80]    52 CBR    [   60]
42 nrt-VBR[   80]    45 nrt-VBR[   60]    50 nrt-VBR[   80]    53 nrt-VBR[   60]
43 ABR    [   80]    46 ABR    [   60]    51 ABR    [   80]    54 ABR    [   60]
                                                                                
This Command: cnftrkparm 13.1

UXM-E1:

ss7            TN    SuperUser       IGX 8420  9.2.30    Date/Time Not Set      
                                                                                
TRK 12.1 Config       E1/30    [4528  cps]  UXM slot:12                         
Line DS-0 map:        1-15,17-31          Line coding:          HDB3            
IMA Group Member(s):  1                   Line recv impedance:  120 ohm         
Retained links:       1                   HCS Masking:          Yes             
Transmit Trunk Rate:  4528   cps          Payload Scramble:     Yes             
Rcv Trunk Rate:       4528   cps          Connection Channels:  256             
Pass sync:            Yes                 Gateway Channels:     200             
Loop clock:           No                  Traffic:                              
Statistical Reserve:  600    cps          V,TS,NTS,FR,FST,CBR,NRT-VBR,ABR,RT-VBR
Header Type:          NNI                 IMA Protocol Option:  Disabled        
VPI Address:          1                   IMA Max. Diff. Dly:   200 msec.       
Routing Cost:         10                  IMA Clock Mode:       CTC             
Idle code:            54 hex              Deroute delay time:   0 seconds       
Restrict PCC traffic: No                  VC Shaping:           No              
Link type:            Terrestrial                                               
                                                                                
Last Command: dsptrkcnf 12.1                                                    
                                                                                
ss7            TN    SuperUser       IGX 8420  9.2.30    Date/Time Not Set      
                                                                                
TRK 12.1 Parameters:                                                            
 1 Yel Alm-In/Out (D)  [  1000/  2000]     18 Red Alm-In/Out (D) [  1000/  2000]
 2 Rx Max Age - rt-VBR   (D)   [   20]     19 Tx Max Age - rt-VBR   (D)  [   20]
 3 Rx EFCN  - BdataB     (D)   [   20]     20 Tx EFCN    - BdataB   (%)  [   20]
 4 Gateway Efficiency    (D)   [  N/A]                                          
 5 EFCN     - Rx Space   (D)   [  N/A]     Tx Age Step2  (D)   Tx Age Step   (D)
 6 Low CLP/EPD- Rx_Space (%)   [  N/A]     21 BDataA [  N/A]   23 BDataA [  N/A]
 7 High CLP - Rx_Space   (%)   [  N/A]     22 BDataB [  N/A]   24 BDataB [  N/A]
Rx High CLP   (%)    Rx Low CLP/EPD(%)     Tx High CLP   (%)   Tx Low CLP/EPD(%)
 8 BDataA [   80]    10 BDataA [   60]     25 BDataA [   80]   27 BDataA [   60]
 9 BDataB [   80]    11 BdataB [   60]     26 BDataB [   80]   28 BDataB [   60]
Receive Queue Depth                (D)     Transmit Queue Depth              (D)
12 rt-VBR [   27]    15 BDataA [10000]     29 rt-VBR [   26]   32 BDataA [10000]
13 Non TS [   37]    16 BDataB [10000]     30 Non TS [   36]   33 BDataB [10000]
14 TS     [ 1000]    17 HighPri[ 1000]     31 TS     [ 1000]   34 HighPri[ 1000]
Rx Queue Depth(D)    Tx Queue Depth(D)    Rx EFCN       (%)    Tx EFCN       (%)
35 CBR    [  600]    38 CBR    [  600]                                          
36 nrt-VBR[ 5000]    39 nrt-VBR[ 5000]                                          
37 ABR    [20000]    40 ABR    [20000]    47 ABR    [   20]    48 ABR    [   20]
Rx High CLP   (%)    Rx Low CLP/EPD(%)    Tx High CLP   (%)    Tx Low CLP/EPD(%)
41 CBR    [   80]    44 CBR    [   60]    49 CBR    [   80]    52 CBR    [   60]
42 nrt-VBR[   80]    45 nrt-VBR[   60]    50 nrt-VBR[   80]    53 nrt-VBR[   60]
43 ABR    [   80]    46 ABR    [   60]    51 ABR    [   80]    54 ABR    [   60]
                                                                                
This Command: cnftrkparm 12.1

UXM-T3:

ss7            TN    SuperUser       IGX 8420  9.2.30    Date/Time Not Set      
                                                                                
TRK 11.1 Config       T3/636   [96000 cps]  UXM slot:11                         
Transmit Trunk Rate:  96000  cps          Payload Scramble:     No              
Rcv Trunk Rate:       96000  cps          Connection Channels:  256             
Pass sync:            Yes                 Gateway Channels:     200             
Loop clock:           No                  Traffic:                              
Statistical Reserve:  1000   cps          V,TS,NTS,FR,FST,CBR,NRT-VBR,ABR,RT-VBR
Header Type:          NNI                 Deroute delay time:   0 seconds       
VPI Address:          1                   VC Shaping:           No              
Routing Cost:         10                                                        
Idle code:            7F hex                                                    
Restrict PCC traffic: No                                                        
Link type:            Terrestrial                                               
Line framing:         PLCP                                                      
Line cable length:    0-225 ft.                                                 
HCS Masking:          Yes                                                       
                                                                                
Last Command: dsptrkcnf 11.1                                                    
                                                                                
ss7            TN    SuperUser       IGX 8420  9.2.30    Date/Time Not Set      
                                                                                
TRK 11.1 Parameters:                                                            
 1 Yel Alm-In/Out (D)  [  2500/ 15000]     18 Red Alm-In/Out (D) [  2500/ 15000]
 2 Rx Max Age - rt-VBR   (D)   [   20]     19 Tx Max Age - rt-VBR   (D)  [   20]
 3 Rx EFCN  - BdataB     (D)   [   20]     20 Tx EFCN    - BdataB   (%)  [   20]
 4 Gateway Efficiency    (D)   [  2.0]                                          
 5 EFCN     - Rx Space   (D)   [  N/A]     Tx Age Step2  (D)   Tx Age Step   (D)
 6 Low CLP/EPD- Rx_Space (%)   [  N/A]     21 BDataA [  N/A]   23 BDataA [  N/A]
 7 High CLP - Rx_Space   (%)   [  N/A]     22 BDataB [  N/A]   24 BDataB [  N/A]
Rx High CLP   (%)    Rx Low CLP/EPD(%)     Tx High CLP   (%)   Tx Low CLP/EPD(%)
 8 BDataA [   80]    10 BDataA [   60]     25 BDataA [   80]   27 BDataA [   60]
 9 BDataB [   80]    11 BdataB [   60]     26 BDataB [   80]   28 BDataB [   60]
Receive Queue Depth                (D)     Transmit Queue Depth              (D)
12 rt-VBR [  532]    15 BDataA [10000]     29 rt-VBR [  532]   32 BDataA [10000]
13 Non TS [  795]    16 BDataB [10000]     30 Non TS [  795]   33 BDataB [10000]
14 TS     [ 1000]    17 HighPri[ 1000]     31 TS     [ 1000]   34 HighPri[ 1000]
Rx Queue Depth(D)    Tx Queue Depth(D)    Rx EFCN       (%)    Tx EFCN       (%)
35 CBR    [  600]    38 CBR    [  600]                                          
36 nrt-VBR[ 5000]    39 nrt-VBR[ 5000]                                          
37 ABR    [20000]    40 ABR    [20000]    47 ABR    [   20]    48 ABR    [   20]
Rx High CLP   (%)    Rx Low CLP/EPD(%)    Tx High CLP   (%)    Tx Low CLP/EPD(%)
41 CBR    [   80]    44 CBR    [   60]    49 CBR    [   80]    52 CBR    [   60]
42 nrt-VBR[   80]    45 nrt-VBR[   60]    50 nrt-VBR[   80]    53 nrt-VBR[   60]
43 ABR    [   80]    46 ABR    [   60]    51 ABR    [   80]    54 ABR    [   60]
                                                                                
This Command: cnftrkparm 11.1

UXM-E3:

ss7            TN    SuperUser       IGX 8420  9.2.30    Date/Time Not Set      
                                                                                
TRK 13.1 Config       E3/530   [80000 cps]  UXM slot:13                         
Transmit Trunk Rate:  80000  cps          Payload Scramble:     Yes             
Rcv Trunk Rate:       80000  cps          Connection Channels:  256             
Pass sync:            Yes                 Gateway Channels:     200             
Loop clock:           No                  Traffic:                              
Statistical Reserve:  1000   cps          V,TS,NTS,FR,FST,CBR,NRT-VBR,ABR,RT-VBR
Header Type:          NNI                 Deroute delay time:   0 seconds       
VPI Address:          1                   VC Shaping:           No              
Routing Cost:         10                                                        
Idle code:            7F hex                                                    
Restrict PCC traffic: No                                                        
Link type:            Terrestrial                                               
Line framing:         HEC                                                       
Line cable length:    0-225 ft.                                                 
HCS Masking:          Yes                                                       
                                                                                
Last Command: dsptrkcnf 13.1                                                    
                                                                                
ss7            TN    SuperUser       IGX 8420  9.2.30    Date/Time Not Set      
                                                                                
TRK 13.1 Parameters:                                                            
 1 Yel Alm-In/Out (D)  [  2500/ 15000]     18 Red Alm-In/Out (D) [  2500/ 15000]
 2 Rx Max Age - rt-VBR   (D)   [   20]     19 Tx Max Age - rt-VBR   (D)  [   20]
 3 Rx EFCN  - BdataB     (D)   [   20]     20 Tx EFCN    - BdataB   (%)  [   20]
 4 Gateway Efficiency    (D)   [  2.0]                                          
 5 EFCN     - Rx Space   (D)   [  N/A]     Tx Age Step2  (D)   Tx Age Step   (D)
 6 Low CLP/EPD- Rx_Space (%)   [  N/A]     21 BDataA [  N/A]   23 BDataA [  N/A]
 7 High CLP - Rx_Space   (%)   [  N/A]     22 BDataB [  N/A]   24 BDataB [  N/A]
Rx High CLP   (%)    Rx Low CLP/EPD(%)     Tx High CLP   (%)   Tx Low CLP/EPD(%)
 8 BDataA [   80]    10 BDataA [   60]     25 BDataA [   80]   27 BDataA [   60]
 9 BDataB [   80]    11 BdataB [   60]     26 BDataB [   80]   28 BDataB [   60]
Receive Queue Depth                (D)     Transmit Queue Depth              (D)
12 rt-VBR [  443]    15 BDataA [10000]     29 rt-VBR [  443]   32 BDataA [10000]
13 Non TS [  662]    16 BDataB [10000]     30 Non TS [  662]   33 BDataB [10000]
14 TS     [ 1000]    17 HighPri[ 1000]     31 TS     [ 1000]   34 HighPri[ 1000]
Rx Queue Depth(D)    Tx Queue Depth(D)    Rx EFCN       (%)    Tx EFCN       (%)
35 CBR    [  600]    38 CBR    [  600]                                          
36 nrt-VBR[ 5000]    39 nrt-VBR[ 5000]                                          
37 ABR    [20000]    40 ABR    [20000]    47 ABR    [   20]    48 ABR    [   20]
Rx High CLP   (%)    Rx Low CLP/EPD(%)    Tx High CLP   (%)    Tx Low CLP/EPD(%)
41 CBR    [   80]    44 CBR    [   60]    49 CBR    [   80]    52 CBR    [   60]
42 nrt-VBR[   80]    45 nrt-VBR[   60]    50 nrt-VBR[   80]    53 nrt-VBR[   60]
43 ABR    [   80]    46 ABR    [   60]    51 ABR    [   80]    54 ABR    [   60]
                                                                                
This Command: cnftrkparm 13.1

UXM-OC3:

ss7            TN    SuperUser       IGX 8420  9.2.30    Date/Time Not Set      
                                                                                
TRK 12.1 Config       OC3      [353207cps]  UXM slot:12                         
Transmit Trunk Rate:  353208 cps          Connection Channels:  256             
Rcv Trunk Rate:       353207 cps          Gateway Channels:     200             
Pass sync:            Yes                 Traffic:                              
Loop clock:           No                  V,TS,NTS,FR,FST,CBR,NRT-VBR,ABR,RT-VBR
Statistical Reserve:  1000   cps          Frame Scramble:       Yes             
Header Type:          NNI                 Deroute delay time:   0 seconds       
VPI Address:          1                   VC Shaping:           No              
Routing Cost:         10                                                        
Idle code:            7F hex                                                    
Restrict PCC traffic: No                                                        
Link type:            Terrestrial                                               
Line framing:         STS-3C                                                    
HCS Masking:          Yes                                                       
Payload Scramble:     Yes                                                       
                                                                                
Last Command: dsptrkcnf 12.1                                                    
                                                                                
ss7            TN    SuperUser       IGX 8420  9.2.30    Date/Time Not Set      
                                                                                
TRK 12.1 Parameters:                                                            
 1 Yel Alm-In/Out (D)  [  2500/ 10000]     18 Red Alm-In/Out (D) [  2500/ 10000]
 2 Rx Max Age - rt-VBR   (D)   [   20]     19 Tx Max Age - rt-VBR   (D)  [   20]
 3 Rx EFCN  - BdataB     (D)   [   20]     20 Tx EFCN    - BdataB   (%)  [   20]
 4 Gateway Efficiency    (D)   [  2.0]                                          
 5 EFCN     - Rx Space   (D)   [  N/A]     Tx Age Step2  (D)   Tx Age Step   (D)
 6 Low CLP/EPD- Rx_Space (%)   [  N/A]     21 BDataA [  N/A]   23 BDataA [  N/A]
 7 High CLP - Rx_Space   (%)   [  N/A]     22 BDataB [  N/A]   24 BDataB [  N/A]
Rx High CLP   (%)    Rx Low CLP/EPD(%)     Tx High CLP   (%)   Tx Low CLP/EPD(%)
 8 BDataA [   80]    10 BDataA [   60]     25 BDataA [   80]   27 BDataA [   60]
 9 BDataB [   80]    11 BdataB [   60]     26 BDataB [   80]   28 BDataB [   60]
Receive Queue Depth                (D)     Transmit Queue Depth              (D)
12 rt-VBR [ 1952]    15 BDataA [10000]     29 rt-VBR [ 1952]   32 BDataA [10000]
13 Non TS [ 2925]    16 BDataB [10000]     30 Non TS [ 2925]   33 BDataB [10000]
14 TS     [ 1000]    17 HighPri[ 1000]     31 TS     [ 1000]   34 HighPri[ 1000]
Rx Queue Depth(D)    Tx Queue Depth(D)    Rx EFCN       (%)    Tx EFCN       (%)
35 CBR    [  600]    38 CBR    [  600]                                          
36 nrt-VBR[ 5000]    39 nrt-VBR[ 5000]                                          
37 ABR    [20000]    40 ABR    [20000]    47 ABR    [   20]    48 ABR    [   20]
Rx High CLP   (%)    Rx Low CLP/EPD(%)    Tx High CLP   (%)    Tx Low CLP/EPD(%)
41 CBR    [   80]    44 CBR    [   60]    49 CBR    [   80]    52 CBR    [   60]
42 nrt-VBR[   80]    45 nrt-VBR[   60]    50 nrt-VBR[   80]    53 nrt-VBR[   60]
43 ABR    [   80]    46 ABR    [   60]    51 ABR    [   80]    54 ABR    [   60]
                                                                                
This Command: cnftrkparm 12.1

Appendix A

BXM Firmware MED/MFA Release Notes

About the Firmware MED/MFA

BXM Firmware version M.E.D/M.F.A supports all the existing interfaces and models of BXM hardware. The following table outlines various levels of hardware revisions supported for BXM firmware version M.E.D/M.F.A.

Front Cards

Model Num Description FW model HW Rev FW Rev FW model HW Rev FW Rev

BXM-155-4

4 port OC3 Line Module

E

B

MED

F

B

MFA

BXM-155-8

8 port OC3 Line Module

E

B

MED

F

B

MFA

BXM-622

1 port OC12 Line Module

E

D

MED

F

D

MFA

BXM-622-2

2 port OC12 Line Module

E

D

MED

F

D

MFA

BXM-T3-8

8 port T3 Line Module

E

B

MED

F

B

MFA

BXM-T3-12

12 port T3 Line Module

E

B

MED

F

B

MFA

BXM-E3-8

8 port E3 Line Module

E

B

MED

F

B

MFA

BXM-E3-12

12 port E3 Line Module

E

B

MED

F

B

MFA

Front Card for APS Compatibility

Model Num Description FW model HW Rev FW Rev FW model HW Rev FW Rev

BXM-155-4

4 port OC3 Line Module

E

C

MED

F

C

MFA

BXM-155-8

8 port OC3 Line Module

E

C

MED

F

C

MFA

BXM-622

1 port OC12 Line Module

E

E

MED

F

C

MFA

BXM-622-2

2 port OC12 Line Module

E

E

MED

F

C

MFA

Back Cards

Model Num Description HW Rev FW Rev

MMF-155-4

4 port multi-mode fiber back card

A

na

MMF-155-8

8 port multi-mode fiber back card

A

na

SMF-155-4

4 port single-mode fiber intermediate-reach back card

A

na

SMF-155-8

8 port single-mode fiber intermediate-reach back card

A

na

SMFLR-155-4

4 port single-mode fiber long-reach back card

A

na

SMFLR-155-8

4 port single-mode fiber long-reach back card

A

na

SMF-622

1 port intermediate-reach OC12 back card

A

na

SMF-622-2

2 port intermediate-reach OC12 back card

A

na

SMFLR-622

1 port long-reach OC12 back card

A

na

SMFLR-622-2

2 port long-reach OC12 back card

A

na

XLR-622

1 port extra long-reach OC12 back card

A

na

XLR-622-2

2 port extra long-reach OC12 back card

A

na

BPX-T3/E3-12

12 port T3/E3 back card

A

na

BPX-T3/E3-8

8 port T3/E3 back card

A

na

RDNT-LR-622-2

2 port long-reach OC12 redundant back card

A

na

RDNT-SM-622-2

2 port intermediate reach OC12 redundant back cards

A

na

RDNT-SM-622

1 port intermediate reach OC12 redundant back cards

A

na

RDNT-LR-155-8

8 port long-reach OC3 redundant back cards

A

na

RDNT-SM-155-4

4 port intermediate-reach OC3 redundant back cards

A

na

RDNT-SM-155-8

8 port intermediate-reach OC3 redundant back cards

A

na

New Features Supported in BXM Firmware MFA

    1. Support for Multiple VSI 2.2 partition (two partitions)

New Features Supported in BXM Firmware MED

There were no new features introduced in release MED

New Features Supported in BXM Firmware MEC

There were no new features introduced in release MEC.

New Features Supported in BXM Firmware MEB

There were no new features introduced in release MEB

New Features Supported in BXM Firmware MEA

    1. VSI version 2.2 (single partition)

    2. ITUT Annex B and configurable SD and SF thresholds for SONET Linear APS on BXM-OC3 and BXM-OC12 (1+1, 2 card, 1:1).

New Features Supported in BXM Firmware MDA (superseded by MEA)

    1. Support for Virtual Trunking

    2. Support for BXM Multi-Level Channel Statistics

    3. SONET Linear APS on BXM-OC3 and BXM-OC12 (1+1, 2 card, 1:1)

    4. Support for card based LMI and ILMI

Clarifications

    1. The OC-3 MultiMode Fiber backcards do not support Y-cable redundancy.

    2. Upgrade from VSI 1.1 to VSI 2.2 is supported in this release. It is not a graceful upgrade. See the upgrade section on page 11 .

    3. Customers currently operating MPLS with the 9.1 switch software and MCx firmware should note that either they can run 9.1 with MCx or 9.2.10 or above with firmware MEA. They can not intermingle software and firmware releases for MPLS as they run different VSI versions.

Special Installation/Upgrade Requirements

BXM cards with MCB/MDA firmware or later can be smoothly migrated to the MEC version of firmware by using y-cable redundancy. To upgrade a BXM card pair in y-red configuration, first upgrade the standby card with the MEC firmware version and wait for all the configuration to be downloaded into the card. Do a switchyred to switch to the card with firmware MEC and burn the other card also with MEC firmware. Follow the standard firmware upgrade procedure for downloading and burning the firmware into the cards.

Features not supported

    1. RAS features: OAM loopback test and traffic generation capability

Features obsoleted

VSI 1.0 is obsoleted by VSI 2.2 in this release.

Notes & Cautions

    1. M.E.D/M.F.A is fully compatible with 9.1 and 9.2 Switch Software. It has not been tested for compatibility with 8.4 or 8.5 Switch Software. It is compatible with IOS version 12.05t2 for MPLS

    2. While upgrading from firmware, on OC3, 1 port OC12 BXM cards, if stats level on BXM is greater than 1, the upgrade should take place according to the one of the upgrade procedures below to avoid the card mismatch.

Step 1 Upgrade SWSW to 9.2.30 or higher

Step 2 Upgrade the firmware to MED/MFA

Step 1 Upgrade firmware to MEC

Step 2 Upgrade SWSW to 9.2.30 or higher revision

Step 3 Upgrade firmware to MED/MFA

    3. Firmware MED and earlier supports APS Redundancy on Legacy BXM only.

    4. Firmware MED and later supports APS Redundancy for both Legacy and Enhanced BXM.

    5. Burning firmware should not be interrupted. Card resets in the middle of burn firmware will result in the BXM being maintained in the core state (Identified by blinking yellow LED), or failed state (Identified by a solid red led). In this case the dspcds screen will report the card as FAILED. This state can be recovered by reburning the firmware into the card.

    6. Protection Switching based on BER on BXM may not comply to standards. The GR-253 & ITU-T G.783 requires that switching be completed within 60 msec from the time the error starts. BXM is unable to detect BER threshold crossing until the next poll, which occurs every 250 msec. Thus, switching time may be up to 250 msec under certain circumstances.

    7. In APS 1+1 default configuration, both backcard LEDs show green when primary card is active and selection is from PROT line. When primary card is active and it is selecting from PROT, PROT backcard should be green, since it is carrying traffic. WORK backcard should also be green since that is the physical path for the primary (and active) card to pass traffic. So backcard LED green means the backcard is directly or indirectly carrying traffic and pulling the backcard will cause traffic disruption. (CSCdm53430)

    8. In APS 1+1 default configuration and a manual W->P is on and a switchyred is issued, a manual W->P event is logged. By default, on switchyred the new active card comes up in "clear" state. But in this case since there is a manual W->P on, the APS line switches to PROT and the switching is logged. (CSCdm53404)

    9. In APS 1+1 default configuration if the selected line is PROT and last user request is clear and a switchyred is issued, line switches to WORK. If the last user request is "clear", full automatic APS switching is in effect with the working line being active by default. When there is no last user switch request to switch to any particular line, the working line will become active. (CSCdm53420)

    10. When APS Annex B is added to local end which has the Secondary card active, the APS trunk goes into Comm Failure for few seconds and then clears. If Secondary card is active, then do a switchyred to make Primary card active and then add APS Annex B. (CSCdm46359)

Known Anomalies

The following is the list of known anomalies for this release of BXM firmware:

Bug ID Description

CSCdm58375

Symptom:

OA CD Error on BXm T3 with Yred config.

Condition:

This error indicates that there is QE QDB SRAM parity error.

Workarounds:

There are no currently known workarounds.

CSCdm62817

Symptom:

tstconseg command sometimes does not work

Condition:

execute tstconseg multiple times with high loop count (10).

Workaround:

None

CSCdm64366

Symptom:

APS 1+1 manual switch sometimes does not work after a while after several manual switch and auto switch.

Condition: Secondary card is active and several manual switch and auto switches are performed.

Workaround:

None

CSCdm66131

Symptom:

After addapsln trunk goes to LOS

Condition:

Both ends have secondary card active, add aps 1+1 to one end, then add aps to the other end, the trunk sometimes goes into LOS.

Workaround:

Add aps when primary cards are active.

CSCdm84853

Symptom:

Bandwidth reported via interface load info is erroneous.

Condition:

When Forward & Backward bandwidth for VSI connections is different.

Workaround:

None

CSCdm92853

Symptom:

Signal degradation is not detected. Instead it is detected as SF.

Condition:

The SD, SF thresholds re-configuration does not work, so if one tries to change, these discrepancies occur.

Workaround:

Don't reconfigure, keep the defaults.

CSCdp05098

Symptom:

Cell discards occur for ABRFST/ABRSTD conns when the traffic burst is greater than the MBS

Condition:

This occurs when the traffic burst size is fixed to 140000 cells at 70000 cps. The conn are configured with PCR=72000/72000, MBS=1000/1000 and ICR 7200/7200. This is the expected behavior since the configured MBS < the actual burst size.

Workaround:

Increase the MBS and ICR using cnfcon.

CSCdp13304

Symptom:

On de registering the non-existent ATM address the BXM does not return an error. This is implementation error.

Workarounds

There are no known workarounds.

CSCdp24393

Symptom:

The switchapsln/dsplog commands show no alarm at all but the MGX 8850 shows alarms

CSCdp25734

Symptom:

VSI gets congested at high call rate over a long period, calls get rejected

Condition:

When back to back calls are getting programed over long intervals.

Workaround:

None

CSCdp32233

Symptom:

The standby APS has LOS, after removed and reinserted the front card, the LOS got cleared.

CSCdp32646

Symptom:

WTR timer does not work and reversion occurs on aps when connected to another APS device

CSCdp34549

Symptom & Condition:

By doing bxm switchover many times it happens. Either of the stdby or active card fails.

Workaround:

If stdby card fails, just pull out the stdby card and put it back. There is no work around for active card fail.

Bugs Fixed in Release MED

The following is the list of bugs fixed in release MED:

Bug ID Description

CSCdm53420

Symptom:

switchyred causes APS line to switch when last user request is clear

Condition:

APS 1+1 configuration. The protection line was active and the "last user switch request" was clear. When a switchyred was performed, APS line switched to working line active

CSCdm93274

Symptom:

OC3 back card LED is wrong after reset/pull cards

Condition:

Multiple APS lines on a card and perform switchyred when Working line is active and Secondary card is active

Workaround:

None.

CSCdm04312

Symptom:

The problem is a false failure is declared against the SIMBA Multicast Record RAM.

Condition:

The problem occurs when Self Test is activated against a Y-Redundant pair of BME Cards (BXM-622 cards loaded with the multicast BME firmware) that have more than 1000 connections programmed through them.

Workaround:

Disable Self Test via the cnftstparm command.

CSCdm50659

Symptom:

Trunk alarms are not generated when random bit errors are injected onto a trunk using an Adtech Sx14 test set at a rate of 10E-3. There are trunk statistics generated but no trunk alarm because the statistics that cause alarms on do not meet the threshold for MAJOR or MINOR alarms.

Condition:

This was generated in a lab environment with test equipment that was set to inject bit errors randomly through the entire bandwidth. Some HCS errors were generated as well as Path unavailable and Path Far End unavailable.

Workaround:

Lowering the alarm threshold for MAJOR and MINOR HCS errors can help to generate a trunk alarm. Use the cnflnalm command and modify the HCS Error alarm thresholds to .01 for MAJOR and .0001 for MINOR. These thresholds are as low as they can be set currently.

CSCdk42527

Symptom:

Rx Queue becomes full after LOS on the feeder trunk

Condition:

After LOS condition on the feeder trunk

Workaround:

Reset the feeder trunk

CSCdm16505

Symptom:

AIS not sent on VP ABRFST/ABRSTD connection

Condition:

LOS on trunk between 2 nodes

Workaround:

none

CSCdm81534

Symptom:

ICR of ABRFST on BXM-155 falls down to MCR after resetcd

Condition:

Change the ICR after resetcd before start sending traffic

Workaround:

None

CSCdm61493

Symptom:

When BIP8 errors are received on an E3 line or trunk at a rate of 10E-3, the line or trunk will not declare any alarm.

Condition:

When high rates of BIP8 errors are received.

Workaround:

None.

CSCdk81384

Symptom:

BXM slot errors keeps on incrementing on a BCC3 node, but the reading of "EAP ARFD" should only be interpreted when using the dual receiver feature on a BCC4 node.

Condition:

BXM slot errors on a BCC3 node

Workaround:

None

CSCdk80483

Symptom:

TX cell loss counts in dsptrkerrs increase continuously.

Condition:

When there is trunk configured.

Workaround:

None.

CSCdm04312

Symptom:

The problem is a false failure is declared against the SIMBA Multicast Record RAM.

Condition:

The problem occurs when Self Test is activated against a Y-Redundant pair of BME Cards (BXM-622 cards loaded with the multicast BME firmware) that have more than 1000 connections programmed through them.

Workaround:

Disable Self Test via the cnftstparm command.

CSCdm09295

Symptom:

Reconfigure of FCES from enable to disable does not work, as a result traffic burst is restricted to MCR.

Condition:

Every time changing an existing connection from FCES enable to disable.

Workaround:

delete the connection and add back a new one with FCES disable

CSCdm39186

Symptom:

Card fatal error occurred when running in standby mode under the heat condition. As a result, the card reset periodically.

Condition:

Card running in standby mode under heat condition

Workaround:

none

CSCdm09882

Symptom:

Log non fatal message related to the RCMP errors

Condition:

It is mainly seen in the heat chamber

Workaround:

Please make sure the TEST FREQUENCY and TIMEOUT variables under cnftstparm for BXM are set to 4000/3700 level.

CSCdm31923

Symptom:

AIS/YEL alarm doesn't go away even after the alarm is clear from the other end

Condition:

It happens on the E3 when the LOOP TIME parameter is set to YES in the trunk or line configuration

Workaround:

none

CSCdm92916

Symptom:

Operational commands (dncd, resetcd, remove) on standby card impact active APS line. When active line is PROT line and a switchover of cards occur, WORK line becomes active line on the newly active cards.

Conditions:

APS 1+1 Annex B and PROT is active line. switchyred or resetcd on the

active card causes line to switchover from PROT to WORK.

Workaround:

none

CSCdm92931

Symptom:

APS line switchover occurs upon card removal/insertion when lockout is set

Conditions:

When Lockout is set, removing/inserting the card makes it happen.

CSCdm52585

Symptom:

DspVsiPartInfo shows very large Available LCN field.

Condition:

When the sum of min-lcns is greater than the max (max lcns) on a port group.

Workaround:

none.

CSCdp18840

Symptom:

The CBR.2 Calls do not pass traffic above 50 Cells/second.

Condition:

VSI controller establishes CBR.2 connection and it does not fill in the PCR field.

Workaround:

Fill the PCR value also with the CR value.

CSCdp17741

Symptom:

2-port group card reports 1 port group at the channel stats level 2 and 3.

Condition:

When channel stats level 2 or 3 are configured on BXm-622-2 port and BXM-155 reports only one port group.

Workaround:

Auto Route connections are not affected by this. But for VSI connections there is no work around.

CSCdp22930

Symptom:

Intlock missing for rd/wr operation

Workaround:

Reassert intLock on commbus ISR to prevent SCC access from getting interrupted

CSCdp33894

Symptom:

standby APS line shows status as Path AIS upon switchyred or on APS switchover on LOS

Conditions:

switchyred on

APS, the prot. line report Path AIS

Workaround:

none.

Upgrade to MED or later versions of BXM firmware

CSCdp36324

Symptom:

last user request affects switching on BPX.

CSCdp31325

Symptom:

UBR cells are policed unnecessarily below PCR.

Conditions:

Always.

Workaround:

none.

CSCdp36155

Symptom:

BXM-E OC3/OC12 does not show supporting APS HW 1+1 in dspcd command and otherwise also.

Condition:

BXM-E OC3/ OC12 card with HW rev < 'C'

Workaround:

None.

CSCdp32853

Symptom:

The BXM enhanced cards keep getting reset and card errors are logged and node may go into degraded mode, when command "addapsln slot1.port1 slot2.port2 1" is issued.

Condition:

BXM enhanced OC3 cards with 4 port and FW release earlier that M.E.22/M.F.09

Workaround:

1.Do not addapsln on second port onwards for BXM-E OC3 4 port card.

OR

2. Replace the BXM-E 4 port card with 8 ports card.

CSCdp17741

Symptom:

2-port group card reports 1 port group at the channel stats level 2 and 3.

Condition:

When channel stats level 2 or 3 are configured on BXm-622-2 port and BXM-155 reports only one port group.

Workaround:

Auto Route connections are not affected by this. But for VSI connections there is no work around.

CSCdp11025

Symptom:

Use the "dspapsln" to get the screen to display APS line status.When the working line is taken out LOS appears on the working line. When the protection line is taken out both the working and protection display LOS. When the protection line is put back in the LOS/Alarms on the protection should clear. They do not.

Conditions:

Physically remove and add the rx or both rx and tx lines as follows:

1- remove the working line.

2- remove the protection line.

3- Add the protection line back.

Workaround

None

CSCdm73220

Symptom:

Trunks or Virtual Trunks does not allow traffic going through.

Condition:

SWSW 9.1 with ME level of firmware. Trunks or VTs configured on BXM/BXM-E.

Work around:

None

Bugs Fixed in Release MEC

The following is the list of bugs fixed in release MEC:

Bug ID Description

CSCdm26752

Symptom:

Card errors continuously logged with "SoItcSend failed" message.

Condition:

RAS oam_lpbk is on and switchyred is executed several times in a job.

Workaround:

None

CSCdm44183

Symptom:

BXM-155 4DX was not able to recover after resetting the card.

Condition:

Traffic is sent at a rate >= 383 cps on a terminated connection on BXM-E card and then card is reset.

Workaround:

None

CSCdm52254

Symptom:

BIP-8 code errs occurs on routing trunks

Condition:

T3 card used in HEC mode can randomly have this problem.

Workaround:

None

CSCdm62809

Symptom:

APS 1+1 bidirectional non-revertible switches back to working line when line condition clears on working.

Condition:

APS 1+1 configured in bi direction non-revertible mode.

Working line is in LOS, current active line is protection, clear LOS on working line.

Workaround:

None

CSCdm65813

Symptom:

APS switches back to working line incorrectly.

Condition:

switch sequence W->P, P->W and then W->P, then cause LOS on WORK line and put the cable back, APS switches to Working line.

Workaround:

None

CSCdm69974

Symptom:

Card errors (0x25170076) occur when only one Virtual Trunk is configured in a physical port.

Workaround:

To avoid this situation, configure at least 2 Virtual Trunks on any physical port that you have VTs on. When performing the configuration, make sure to configure the VTs one directly after the other.

CSCdm74316

Symptom:

Re-adding VSI shelf does not work until a resetcd is executed on the LSC control port.

Condition:

Load information on an interface is 4 bytes more that MAX_VSI_MSG, So the message gets dropped on BXM, so VSI controller is in discovery state forever.

Workaround:

None

CSCdm74968

Symptom:

0B card error causing BXM to reset

Condition:

Over night jobs running on controller cards.

Workaround:

None

CSCdm75722

Symptom:

No control VC after BXM is reset.

Condition:

When re-sync request comes down from the VSI controller with 19 checksum blocks, the length check done on BXM does not include padding.

Workaround:

None

CSCdm77212

Symptom:

When addshelf command is executed, it comes back with a communication breakdown.

Condition:

Channel level stats is set to 0 so that BXM reports wrong max channels.

Workaround:

None

CSCdm78335

Symptom:

dspvsistatus rarely shows the VSI programming status as Done

Condition:

primary and secondary port has two different VPI ranges.

Workaround:

None

CSCdm80991

Symptom:

Unable to add 3 segment connections using CM GUI

Condition:

Feeder connected to BXM card of BPX routing node and for, BXM trunk configuration, ILMI/LMI protocol is enabled as CARD based.

Workaround:

None

CSCdm82688

Symptom:

Traffic Shaping problems with VT with and without wrap around solution

Condition:

Large deviations in CDV values

Workaround:

None

CSCdm90997

Symptom:

BXM-E trunk and port stats are always zero in TX direction.

Condition:

Port terminated on BXM-E card or trunk passing through BXM-E card.

Workaround:

None

CSCdm93839

Symptom:

Card resets on receiving OAM loopback cells at high rate

Condition:

oamlpbk is enabled with high OAM traffic on large number of connections.

Workaround:

None

CSCdm94372

Symptom:

Trunks sometimes drop CBR traffic

Condition:

If a trunk is configured to full line rate on BXM cards, then traffic is dropped

Workaround:

See The logic to calculate the actual cell transmission rate in a BXM card is as followed:

CSCdp02190

Symptom:

tstdelay timed out when going through BNI trunk

Condition:

More than 12 VTs on an interface causes wrong port-vi mapping while considering STI_SHIFT/NO_SHIFT from 13th VT/port onwards.

Workaround:

None

Bugs Fixed in Release MEB

The following is the list of bugs fixed in release MEB:

Bug ID Description

CSCdm50469

Symptom:

Software error 105 and malloc card errors happened continuously

Condition:

When jobs that cause reroutes of connections (e.g. switchcc, hitless rebuild) are run for a long time, sometimes BXM card freezes with malloc card errors and software error 105.

Workaround:

None

CSCdm50723

Symptom:

After deleting APS, switchyred causes temporary LOS when the other end still has APS.

Condition:

One end has APS 1+1, other end was added with APS 1+1 and line is up between the two ends. Then APS is deleted from one end. The primary card is active on non APS end. On switchyred on the non APS end there is a temporary LOS. If APS was never added to one end, then switchyred does not result in temporary LOS.

Workaround:

Instead of deleting APS first and then doing a switchyred, do a switchyred first and then delete APS. This does not result in temporary LOS.

CSCdm63038

Symptom:

BXM card fails with breakpoint error.

Condition:

When tx cell rate of a trunk is reduced to zero, BXM card fails with break point error (division by zero).

Workaround:

None

Bugs Fixed in Release MEA

The following is the list of bugs fixed in release MEA:

Bug ID Description

CSCdm09882

Symptom:

Log non fatal message related to RCMP errors.

Condition:

It is mainly seen in the heat chamber.

Workaround:

None

CSCdm18186

Symptom:

AIS status could be randomly be displayed in dspcon

Condition:

When the connection AIS signal is constantly changing, the dspcon/dspchstats OAM status will not be accurate for all the connections on the card.

Workaround:

None

CSCdm26380

Symptom:

Software error 9098 occured during switchyred BXM

Condition:

This problem occurs on cards with the APS channels halved option set and then doing a cnfrsrc on a port that belongs to the second port group. Note that this fix will cause a card mismatch on active cards with channel halved option turned on.

Workaround:

None

CSCdm31923

Symptom:

AIS/YEL alarm doesn't go away even after the alarm is clear from the other end.

Condition:

It happens on the E3 when the LOOP TIME parameter is set to YES in the trunk or line configuration.

Workaround:

None

CSCdm37519

Symptom:

Trunks go to Communication Fail after burning firmware.

Condition:

When MC10 is burnt into BXM-OC12 with trunks.

Workaround:

None

CSCdm37709

Symptom:

APS line fails to clear channel mismatch after lockout.

Condition:

Bi-direction APS 1+1. Local end has locked out of protection set. Then WORK cable is pulled out on local end to cause LOS. Lockout is then cleared and then the WORK cable is put back. This causes a channel mismatch on the far end and the mismatch never clears.

Workaround:

None

CSCdm38647

Symptom: This bug has been fixed in MEA such that the firmware reports the correct number of port groups. The side effect of this fix is that the Switch Software could mismatch the BXM card. If there is a card mismatch then down all the lines/trunks on the card and up them again.

Condition: When the user loads the MEA firmware on the BXM card running MDA with APS halved channeled enabled, then the card will come up in mismatched state.

Workaround:

None

CSCdm46658

Symptom:

switchapsln command does not work for APS AnnexB line.

Condition:

Annex B configuration if hitless rebuild is done when active line is PROT, then switchapsln does not work after hitless rebuild.

Workaround:

None

Bugs Fixed in Release MDA

The following is the list of bugs fixed in release MDA:
Bug ID Description

CSCdm44427

OAM loopback test fails. OAM cells are discarded

SYMPTOM: OAM RAS failures are indicated.

CIRCUMSTANCES : Large bursts of OAM cells on 400+ connections

FREQUENCY:.Intermittent

WORKAROUND: None

SOLUTION: Upgrade firmware to ABE

CSCdm71640

VCI 04 OAM failures

SYMPTOM : OAM failures indicated

CIRCUMSTANCES: On VCI of 4

FREQUENCY: Repeatable

WORKAROUND : Use another VCI

SOLUTION : Upgrade firmware to ABE

CSCdm79456

When IMA trunks are cross connected in a group the trunk fails to come up.

SYMPTOM : Trunk does not add.

CIRCUMSTANCES: On any IMA trunk of a group greater than 1with the lines cross connected FREQUENCY: Repeatable

WORKAROUND : Connect the trunks port 1 to 1, 2 to 2 etc.

SOLUTION : Upgrade firmware to ABE

CSCdm80482

SYMPTOM : Data rate of cells transmitted to the trunk when configured as a virtual trunk exceeds the maximum rate configured.

CIRCUMSTANCES: On a virtual trunk when transmit data rate exceeds defined max. Actual rate

depends on the configured rate.

FREQUENCY: Repeatable

WORKAROUND: Configure the max rate to a lower figure

SOLUTION : Upgrade firmware to ABE

CSCdm81325

Loss of data on IMA trunks

SYMPTOM : Data is discarded if AAL-5 data on some connections and not others. Other data types can have the data stream re-sequenced.

CIRCUMSTANCES: On any IMA trunk of a group greater than 1.

FREQUENCY: Intermittent.

WORKAROUND: None

SOLUTION: Upgrade firmware to ABE.

CSCdm82258

Foresight RTD messages are converted into RM not OAM cells

SYMPTOM: None

WORKAROUND: None

SOLUTION: Upgrade firmware to ABE

CSCdp01315

Symptom:

VI rates are set incorrectly when a corrupted back card message is received.

Circumstances: Very infrequent.

Frequency: Infrequent.

Workaround:

Reset the card.

Solution:

Upgrade firmware to ABE.

CSCdm38647

Symptom:

MDA fw may report incorrect number of port-groups when APS channels are set to halved.

Condition:

When user attempts to add all the channels available on the card on one port-group, it may be allowed even though the BXM may not have enough memory to support it. Also, this may cause a mismatch state when MDB firmware is burnt.

Workaround:

Down all the line/trunks on the card and up them again.

CSCdm23713

Symptom:

VI numbers are not modified by firmware.

Condition:

When one or more trunks are failed in the network, there may be a combreak in the network.

Workaround:

Set all the Virtual trunks to restrict CC traffic.

CSCdm23827

Symptom:

APS alarm may clear on switchyred.

Condition:

After a switchyred, an existing a LOS/LOF alarm may get cleared. This will only happen when the line has switched to protection before the card switchover is performed.

Workaround:

None

CSCdm23752

Symptom:

BXM fw does not allow a networking channel on VTs to configured for egress only.

Condition:

BXM fw allowed configuration of networking channel to be bidirectional only.

Workaround:

None

Appendix B

UXM Firmware ABE Release Notes

Introduction

These release notes define the UXM functionality of Firmware version ABE which will operate with 9.1 and 9.2 Switch Software Releases

UXM firmware will operate under 9.1.XX software, so it can be loaded prior to upgrading Switch Software.

UXM Version ABE Firmware

UXM firmware ABE introduces the following features:

    1. Dynamic queue control to vary the queue performance as IMA trunks change throughput

    2. Compatibility with AXIS IMATM-B cards

UXM firmware ABD introduced the following features:

    1. Support for XLR backcard (2 ports)

UXM firmware ABA introduced the following features:

    1. Support for Virtual Trunking

    2. VC Traffic Shaping on ports only

    3. Standards compliant IMA on E1 and T1 interface cards

    4. Enhanced Multi-Level Channel Statistics, enables more statistics on each connection

    5. Ports and trunks on the same card

Clarifications

    1. On the UXM, for the OC-3 MultiMode Fiber backcards, no Y-Redundancy/hot standby is supported.

    2. Traffic Shaping is a new feature on UXM card. The VC/VP traffic shaping shapes each individual connection by scheduling the cells using the WFQ (weighted Fair Queueing) technique to ensure appropriate conformance dictated by the service provider. In general, traffic shaping provides a tight control on each connection's CDV in order to meet carrier requirement. Also, it prevents any connection from dominating bandwidth resources. On UXM, the traffic shaping is on per port basis. Once the traffic shaping is turned on, then all connections added after will have traffic shaping on. For details, please refer to 9.2 feature description and commands.

Special Installation/Upgrade Requirements

General

Before upgrading to this release when UXM cards are to be used, certain legacy cards firmware must be upgraded. See the Compatibility Matrix for cards affected and the exact versions to be used.

Note  Standards compliant IMA is not compatible with the proprietary IMA protocol used in revision A firmware. Both ends of an IMA trunk must have the same protocol.

Upgrade Procedure

For upgrades from firmware versions prior to ABA follow steps 1 through 3 else just burn ABB and perform step 3. Failure to follow this procedure may result in the card not operating. The card should be returned to Cisco if this occurs:

Step 1 First upgrade the boot code to 06 by using the same procedure as burning firmware, only specify the boot version in place of the firmware version. Use the C option over D as it is faster.

Step 2 When the boot code has been loaded burn the firmware.

Step 3 When Yred trunks are used the red alarm in/out values must be configured to 1.25/1.5 seconds or greater else INVMUX failures will occur and trunk failures will be observed during a Yred switchover. This is due to the IMA protocol and may cause re-route of connections. Use the cnftrkparm command

Features Not Supported

None

Committed (but not being delivered in this release)

OAM Loopback Connection Connectivity Testing for Reliability and Serviceability

Obsoleted

Auto link disable on IMA groups is no longer available as the ATM forum standard does not permit it.

Notes & Cautions

Limitations

    1. Multi level Stats has to be configured as the card is initially configured in the down state. The higher levels of statistics make more information on each connection. As a result the maximum number of connections is limited as defined below

    2. There is no 9.1 stats support for UXM cards that were shipped with 9.2 firmware since the UXM card has the default level 1 stats.

    3. The UXM-IMA and MGX 8220 IMATM are not compatible if the IMA group contains only one T1 or E1 line. Since on the IGX-UXM trunk, the IMA protocol is invoked only if an IMA trunk consists of multiple physical lines, therefore, for a trunk with a single T1 or E1 line, the IMA protocol is not invoked. This implementation is different with MGX 8220 IMATM because the MGX 8220 shelf invokes the IMA protocol regardless of the number of T1/E1 lines in the IMA group.

    4. UXM IMA trunk groups must use common clock. Independent clocking is not permitted.

    5. On the UXM, for the OC-3 Multi-Mode Fiber backcards, no Y-Redundancy/hot standby is supported.

    6. It is not recommended to combine ABR and UBR PVC's on the same network. ABR and UBR PVC's share the same QBIN (Class of Service Queue) on the BXM card. However, ABR (VSVD) uses a flow control mechanism which ensures that the traffic source slows down when the QBIN usage exceeds the EFCI threshold. However, UBR does not have a mechanism to slow down. Thus, UBR traffic gains an unfair advantage over ABR. This implementation is not considered a problem, since the decision to share a QBIN for ABR and UBR traffic was intentional, since any best-effort service that one would route over UBR can be routed over ABR (VSVD), with the additional benefit of protecting resources in the network. If there is a real requirement to use UBR PVC's instead of ABR (VSVD), then either (1) add all best-effort PVC's as UBR, or (2) isolate the ABR and UBR paths by using cnfpref and separating ABR and UBR endpoints.

    7. Combining FBTC and non-FBTC connections within a Class of Service can cause FBTC connections to not receive a fair share of bandwidth. For example, if VBR connections are added at a terminating port, and some of these VBR connections have FBTC enabled while other VBR connections have FBTC disabled, the VBR connections with FBTC disabled may obtain all of the excess bandwidth before the connections with FBTC enabled receive any of the excess bandwidth. The same holds true for ABR or UBR connections. This only is relevant where FBTC and non-FBTC connections share a QBIN, either at a port or at a trunk.

Compatibility Notes

Note When Yred trunks are used the red alarm in/out values must be configured to 1.75/2.0 seconds or greater else INVMUX failures will occur and trunk failures will be observed during a Yred switchover. This is due to the IMA protocol and may cause re-route of connections.

For a complete list of firmware revisions supported, see the Compatibility Matrix document, which is included in this release package.

UXM model B uses standards compliant IMA protocol. This is not compatible with the previous proprietary IMA protocol in Model A firmware.

UXM boot code revision AB06 has no known compatibility issues with any released version of UXM hardware or firmware.

UXM firmware revision ABA requires UXM boot code revision AB06 be burned into the UXM card prior to burning ABA firmware.

Known Anomalies

There are no known anomalies in this release.

Bugs Fixed in ABE

Bug ID Description

CSCdm28491

BCBC 0B error

SYMPTOM : 0B card error occurs, card resets and continues.

CIRCUMSTANCES: Very infrequent

FREQUENCY: Infrequent

WORKAROUND: None

SOLUTION : Upgrade firmware to ABE

CSCdm44427

OAM loopback test fails. OAM cells are discarded

SYMPTOM: OAM RAS failures are indicated.

CIRCUMSTANCES : Large bursts of OAM cells on 400+ connections

FREQUENCY:.Intermittent

WORKAROUND: None

SOLUTION: Upgrade firmware to ABE

CSCdm71640

VCI 04 OAM failures

SYMPTOM : OAM failures indicated

CIRCUMSTANCES: On VCI of 4

FREQUENCY: Repeatable

WORKAROUND : Use another VCI

SOLUTION : Upgrade firmware to ABE

CSCdm79456

When IMA trunks are cross connected in a group the trunk fails to come up.

SYMPTOM : Trunk does not add.

CIRCUMSTANCES: On any IMA trunk of a group greater than 1with the lines cross connected FREQUENCY: Repeatable

WORKAROUND : Connect the trunks port 1 to 1, 2 to 2 etc.

SOLUTION : Upgrade firmware to ABE

CSCdm80482

SYMPTOM : Data rate of cells transmitted to the trunk when configured as a virtual trunk exceeds the maximum rate configured.

CIRCUMSTANCES: On a virtual trunk when transmit data rate exceeds defined max. Actual rate

depends on the configured rate.

FREQUENCY: Repeatable

WORKAROUND: Configure the max rate to a lower figure

SOLUTION : Upgrade firmware to ABE

CSCdm81325

Loss of data on IMA trunks

SYMPTOM : Data is discarded if AAL-5 data on some connections and not others. Other data types can have the data stream re-sequenced.

CIRCUMSTANCES: On any IMA trunk of a group greater than 1.

FREQUENCY: Intermittent.

WORKAROUND: None

SOLUTION: Upgrade firmware to ABE.

CSCdm82258

Foresight RTD messages are converted into RM not OAM cells

SYMPTOM: None

WORKAROUND: None

SOLUTION: Upgrade firmware to ABE

CSCdp01315

SYMPTOM: VI rates are set incorrectly when a corrupted back card message is received.

CIRCUMSTANCES: Very infrequent.

FREQUENCY: Infrequent.

WORKAROUND : Reset the card.

SOLUTION : Upgrade firmware to ABE.

Bugs Fixed in ABD

Bug ID Description

CSCdm50668

Intermittent OB error 0c02 after hitless rebuild or switchcc

Symptom:

UXM experiences hardware error as below:

vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv

UXM in Slot 32: 494663 Rev BA22

-----------------------------------

Failure Type: Hardware Error

Failure Time: June 10 1999 23:01:00 PST

Hardware Error Event: 0B 29 00 A9 01 0C 02 80 10 07 A0 EE EE EE F2 00 00 00 10 00 00 FF 00

Error Fcode: 29

Failure Type: Unknown

Processor Number: 01

^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^

Frequency is about 1:50 "switchcc" or 'resetcd <NPM slot #> r' [hitless rebuild] with the UXM loaded with more than 1000 connections and stats collection turned on.

Workaround:

None

Solution:

Upgrade firmware to ABD

CSCdm60528

OAM status inconsistency after y-redundant switchover of UXM

Symptom:

Status of connections which traverse a UXM all show "Status: OAM-F" after a y-redundant switchover of that UXM.

Conditions:

There is a primary and a secondary UXM configured to be a y-redundant pair.'cnfoamlpbk' is enabled. After the y-redundant switchover, all connections which traverse the card enter "Status: OAM-F" about 10 minutes after the y-redundant switchover. Frequency is intermittent, but always after a y-redundant switchover. User traffic is unaffected.

Workaround:

Use the cnfoamlpbk command to disable OAM loopback testing.

Solution:

Upgrade firmware to ABD.

Bugs Fixed in ABC

Bug ID Description

CSCdm47513

Symptom:

RAS OAM.loopback shows failed at one end but OK in the other end.

Conditions:

After yred switch

Workaround:

None

CSCdm48498

Symptom:

With more than 2000 connections routed across [or terminating on] a UXM, the UXM may produce a software error 103 and be automatically reset in about 1:5 'switchcc' or 'rrtcon *' commands.

The failure rate increases to about 1:3 'switchcc' or'rrtcon *' commands as the number of connections routed across [or terminating on] the UXM exceeds 7000.

When the UXM is reset, all connections are rerouted or temporarily down until rerouted. The UXM recovers, however, it may take several minutes to reroute all connections after the UXM is reset.

Configuration:

The UXM under test was running FW with baseline revision ABA. Software revision was baseline 9.2.01.

For the test case, there were two ports and one trunk on the UXM of OC3 rate each, and traffic on the trunk was about 10% of a full OC3 rate.

The connection types were mixed:

700 Interworking Gateway - terminating on a UFM.

1000 CBR - using default settings

500 VBR - using default settings

500 ABR - using default settings.

Solution:

A fix for the problem is found in UXM firmware revision ABC.

CSCdm50668

Symptom:

UXM card sends up a card error: 0B with a 0C02 parameters.

Conditions:

Intermittently on switchcc or hitless rebuild

Workaround:

None

Bugs Fixed in ABB

Bug ID Description

CSCdm28864

Software error 9081 on Y-redundant IMA trunks

CSCdm28270

Symptom:

UXM trunk card went UNAVAILABLE after a graceful upgrade from 9.1 to 9.2.

Condition:

This happens occasionally with UXM firmware ABA.

Workaround:

None

CSCdm44427

Symptom:

Connection terminating on a UXM or traversing a UXM trunk may fail the OAM loopback test [refer to 'cnfoamlpbk' command] and begin showing status 'OAM-F'. All connections traversing the problem UXM which have the OAM loopback test enabled will show status 'OAM-F' and fail all 'tstdelay' tests.

Connections traversing a problem UXM trunk which do not have the OAM loopback test enabled will show status 'OK', however, will fail 'tstdelay'.

Connectivity for real user traffic is unaffected in either case.

The failure condition occurs and will pursist after the problem UXM experiences a short-term, large burst of OAM packets.

Configuration:

With 400 connections from each of 20 port cards which support the OAM loopback test, traversing a UXM trunk, and then terminating on 20 additional port cards on the other side of the trunk, the OAM loopback test enabled, traversing a UXM trunk, and then terminating on 20 additional port cards on the other side of the trunk, the failure will occur within a few hours of operation.

Failure will occur within a few hours with following setup if all terminating port cards have OAM loopback test enabled: >15 UFM cards @ 400 conns each -> UXM trunk -> >15 UFM cards @ 400+ conns each

'>15' greater than 15 terminating cards.

The failure is unlikely to occur when there are fewer than 10 terminating port cards with connections which traverse a UXM trunk even though OAM loopback is enabled on all cards.

Solution:

With more than 15 or 20 terminating cards, there is a possibility of a short-term burst of OAM packets through the UXM trunk. This short- term burst of OAM packets may cause an internal OAM queue error condition. Previous versions of firmware could not recover from this error condition and stop passing traffic.

It is necessary to reset the UXM in order to recover from the overflow condition.

Firmware revision A.B.B contains a fix for this failure.

Appendix C

FRM Firmware Release Notes

FRP/FRM Model J & K (previously known as Model D & E)

Feature Supported

Support for OAM RAS and Traffic Generation

Compatibility

This firmware is also compatible with older switch software release for the FRM. This firmware will work on all hardware revision though using the latest hardware revision is recommended.

Note  The OAM RAS and Traffic Generation capability will only work with the switch software 9.2 release.

Upgrade Procedure

The command burnfwrev is sufficient to upgrade.

Bugs Fixed in this Release

Bug ID Description

CSCdm06254

Description:

When a 17 or less byte frame is received from the network and the DE bit is set on a CGW connection, the frame is interpreted as a supervisory frame and discarded. Because it is interpreted as a supervisory frame the dspchstats will not be incremented for this frame.

Occurrence:

Always occurs with short frames when DE bit is set on CGW conns.

Note: This may occur if DE is enabled and the connection is above the CIR. This bug is only applicable to FW images with bug fix for CSCdk15283 (UXM CGW conns FST RA's are not timing out): FDZ/FEZ through FJA/FKA. This bug is N/A to SGW conns.

FPRX Fix:

rxfpproc.asm - only check for SPV bit if SGW conn (fix adds one line & a jmp label)

mkasm.bat - new file to allow making on network

CSCdm39606

Foresight does not work on CGW conns

CSCdk85613

Description:

Due to bug fix CSCdk15283 CGW Supervisory FastPackets were not correctly recognized and were being discarded, thus effectively disabling Foresight.

CSCdk79082

Description:

addloclp on port doesn't loop data back to external equipment in FW revs since FDZ (a result of bug fix CSCdj71238)

Fix:

True simultaneous bi-directional looping (of CPE traffic to itself and of net traffic to itself) cannot be done through the hardware as is done in the Line Model. The solution to obtain both loops is to setup the SCC back to auto-echo mode (external CPE loopback, as it was in pre-Rev Z) and to loop all network traffic as if each of the conns were in remote loopback (by checking the port state). Because the network looping is not being done in the backcard (as was done for the Line) the following differences with the Line operation WHEN IN THE "addloclp port" STATE must be noted:

1. dspportstats shows no traffic (as it was in Port pre-Rev Z FW).

2. dspchstats only shows Rxd & Txd fastpacket stats (as if the conns were in individual remote loop) and not the Rxd & Txd frames & bytes (as with the Line Model in the addloclp port state).

ACP Fix: dma_ctrl.c - check if port_ptr->port_local_lb set

ftx_rxmb.c - loop if port_ptr->port_local_lb set

CSCdm00120

Other end of E1/T1 line gets 1 OOF error when up/dn port done

CSCdj64969

Description:

Executing upfrport causes 1 OOF & 1 CRC err on other end of circuit line.

Executing dnfrport causes 1 OOF on other end of circuit line. [This was due to a FW work-around for a HW lockup problem associated with the ATT Spyder chip and a PLD. A timing problem was fixed in the PLD in HW rev B which caused a Spyder dead HW error about every 10th upfrport/dnfrport.]

Occurrence:

Every time a upfrport/dnfrport is executed.

ACP Fix:

The FW now checks if HW rev B or greater exists in the backcard and skips the FW work-around. Thus, this bug is fixed for all HW revs >= B.

dma_ctrl.c - skip FW work-around for Spyder (framer) lockup if not HW rev A or P01.

Note: with old HW would previously get the following hardware error,

0B 00 06 99 01 D2 01 03 01 00 00 00 11 (11 = SPYDER_DEAD code).

Appendix D

UFM Firmware Release Notes

UFM Model C Firmware ZCA, and UFMU Model C Firmware YCA

Feature Supported

Support for OAM RAS and Traffic Generation

Compatibility

This firmware is compatible with all supported switch software releases for UFM.This firmware will work on all hardware revision though using the latest hardware revision is recommended.

Note  The OAM RAS and Traffic Generation capability will only work with the switch software 9.2 release that supports OAM.

Upgrade Procedure

The command burnfwrev is sufficient to upgrade

Bugs Fixed in this Release

Bug ID Description

CSCdk93632

Corrupt display when doing a dspchstats on the UFM

Symptoms

When doing a test delay on a service interworking connection the dspchstats shows incorrect values. This also causes packet drops to happen in the egress direction.

Occurrence:

Always happens after a tstdelay is performed on a service interworking connection.

Workaround:

Do not use tstdelay on a service interworking connection.

Obtaining Service and Support

For service and support for a product purchased from a reseller, contact the reseller. Resellers offer a wide variety of Cisco service and support programs, which are described in the section "Service and Support" in the information packet that shipped with your chassis.

Note If you purchased your product from a reseller, you can access Cisco Connection On-line (CCO) as a guest. CCO is Cisco Systems' primary, real-time support channel. Your reseller offers programs that include direct access to CCO's services.

For service and support for a product purchased directly from Cisco, use CCO.

Cisco Connection On-line

Cisco Connection Online (CCO) is Cisco Systems' primary, real-time support channel. Maintenance customers and partners can self-register on CCO to obtain additional information and services.

Available 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, CCO provides a wealth of standard and value-added services to Cisco's customers and business partners. CCO services include product information, product documentation, software updates, release notes, technical tips, the Bug Navigator, configuration notes, brochures, descriptions of service offerings, and download access to public and authorized files.

CCO serves a wide variety of users through two interfaces that are updated and enhanced simultaneously: a character-based version and a multimedia version that resides on the World Wide Web (WWW). The character-based CCO supports Zmodem, Kermit, Xmodem, FTP, and Internet e-mail, and it is excellent for quick access to information over lower bandwidths. The WWW version of CCO provides richly formatted documents with photographs, figures, graphics, and video, as well as hyperlinks to related information.

You can access CCO in the following ways:

For a copy of CCO's Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ), contact cco-help@cisco.com. For additional information, contact cco-team@cisco.com.

Note If you are a network administrator and need personal technical assistance with a Cisco product that is under warranty or covered by a maintenance contract, contact Cisco's Technical Assistance Center (TAC) at 800 553-2447, 408 526-7209, or tac@cisco.com. To obtain general information about Cisco Systems, Cisco products, or upgrades, contact 800 553-6387, 408 526-7208, or cs-rep@cisco.com.



hometocprevnextglossaryfeedbacksearchhelp
Posted: Thu May 4 18:33:59 PDT 2000
Copyright 1989 - 2000©Cisco Systems Inc.